10-K 1 d293105d10k.htm 10-K 10-K
Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012

- or -

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transaction period from             to             

Commission File number: 333-159809

HD SUPPLY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware    75-2007383

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

   (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

3100 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 1480,

Atlanta, Georgia

   30339
(Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip Code)

(770) 852-9000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

Debt securities issued by HD Supply, Inc.

  

12.0% Senior Notes due 2014

13.5% Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2015

  

 

  

 

(Title of each class)    (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

None

 

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

¨  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨    Accelerated filer ¨          Non-accelerated filer x    Smaller reporting company ¨
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes x No

As of March 23, 2012, there were 1,000 shares of common stock of HD Supply, Inc. outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

 

         Page  
 

Background Information and Glossary of Certain Defined Terms

     1   
 

Forward-looking statements and information

     2   
Part I     
Item 1.  

Business

     4   
Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

     9   
Item 2.  

Properties

     28   
Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

     29   
Part II     
Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     30   
Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

     30   
Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     35   
Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     58   
Item 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     59   
Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

     99   
Part III     
Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     100   
Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

     107   
Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     119   
Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     122   
Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     124   
Part IV     
Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     125   
Signatures      131   


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Background Information and Glossary of Certain Defined Terms

The Transactions

On August 30, 2007, investment funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (collectively, the “Equity Sponsors”) formed HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (“Holding”) and entered into a stock purchase agreement with The Home Depot, Inc. (“Home Depot” or “THD”) pursuant to which Home Depot agreed to sell to Holding or to a wholly owned subsidiary of Holding certain intellectual property and all the outstanding common stock of HD Supply, Inc. and the Canadian subsidiary CND Holdings, Inc. On August 30, 2007, through a series of transactions, Holding’s direct wholly owned subsidiary, HDS Holding Corporation, acquired direct control of HD Supply through the merger of its wholly owned subsidiary, HDS Acquisition Corp., with and into HD Supply (the “Company”). Through these transactions (the “Transactions”), Home Depot was paid cash of $8.2 billion and 12.5% of Holding’s common stock worth $325 million for certain intellectual property and all of the outstanding common stock of HD Supply and CND Holdings, Inc., including all dividends and interest associated with those shares. During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company received $22 million from Home Depot for the working capital adjustment and settlement of other items finalizing the purchase price of the Transactions.

Description of Indebtedness

In August 2007, we entered into a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a $1 billion term loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $300 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Senior Secured Credit Facility was amended in March 2010. Under the amendment, the maturity date of approximately $874 million of the Term Loan was extended from August 30, 2012 to April 1, 2014. In accordance with the amendment, we also prepaid $30 million of the Term Loan.

Also, in August 2007, we entered into a $2.1 billion asset based lending credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Facility”) subject to borrowing base limitations, a portion of which may be used for letters of credit or swing-line loans. We amended the ABL Credit Facility in March 2010 to, among other things, (i) convert approximately $214 million of commitments under the ABL Credit Facility into a term loan (the “ABL Term Loan”), (ii) extend the maturity date of approximately $1,537 million of the commitments from August 30, 2012 to April 1, 2014, and (iii) reduce the total commitments under the facility by approximately $45 million. Giving effect to the amendment, the ABL Credit Facility is comprised of the $1,841 million asset based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility”) and the $214 million ABL Term Loan.

We refer to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the ABL Credit Facility as our “Senior Credit Facilities.”

In connection with the Transactions, Home Depot agreed to guarantee our payment obligations for principal and interest under the Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (the “THD Guarantee”). The THD Guarantee, among other things, restricts our ability to incur secured debt and pay dividends. Home Depot extended the THD Guarantee in connection with the March 2010 amendments to our Senior Secured Credit Facility and our ABL Credit Facility and consented to any later amendment that would extend the maturity of the remaining $104 million of outstanding Term Loan to a date that is not later than the maturity date in effect from time to time under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended. In addition, in connection with the amendments, we agreed that, while the THD Guarantee is outstanding, the Company would not voluntarily repurchase its outstanding notes, directly or indirectly, without Home Depot’s prior written consent, subject to certain exceptions.

The Company issued $2.5 billion of Senior Notes bearing interest at a rate of 12.0% (the “12.0% Senior Notes”) and $1.3 billion of Senior Subordinated Notes bearing interest at a rate of 13.5% (the “13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes”) in connection with the Transactions.

Our Senior Credit Facilities, the THD Guarantee, the 12.0% Senior Notes and the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes are discussed in greater detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — External Financing.”

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Glossary of Other Terms

 

ASC

  Accounting Standards Codification     

HDS Canada

  HD Supply Canada     

CTI

  Creative Touch Interiors     

DCF

  Discounted cash flow     

DOT

  U.S. Department of Transportation     

Exchange Act

  Securities Exchange Act of 1934     

Fiscal 2009

  Fiscal year ended January 31, 2010     

Fiscal 2010

  Fiscal year ended January 30, 2011     

Fiscal 2011

  Fiscal year ended January 29, 2012     

Gross margin

  Gross profit as a percentage of net sales     

HD Supply

  HD Supply, Inc.     

HDPE

  High-density polyethylene     

Holding

  HDS Investment Holding, Inc.     

HVAC

  Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning     

IPVF

  Industrial Pipe, Valves and Fittings     

MRO

  Maintenance, repair and operations     

NOLs

  Net operating losses     

PIK

  Payments in kind     

Predecessor 2007

  Predecessor period from January 29, 2007 to August 29, 2007

PVC

  Polyvinyl chlorides     

SKU

  Stock-keeping unit     

Successor 2007

  Successor period from August 30, 2007 to February 3, 2008

U.S. GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America

SEC

  U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission     

Vendor rebates

  Vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates

Forward-looking statements and information

This annual report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or other comparable terms. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth strategies and the industries in which we operate.

Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industries in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business, the risks and uncertainties discussed in this annual report on Form 10-K (See “Risk Factors”) and those described from time to time in our other filings with the SEC. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business include:

 

   

Inherent risks of the residential, non-residential and public infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets;

 

   

Our ability to achieve profitability;

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

   

Our ability to service our debt and to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness;

 

   

Our substantial indebtedness and our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

Limitations and restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

   

Our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms;

 

   

Increases in interest rates;

 

   

Rating agency actions with respect to our indebtedness;

 

   

The interests of the Equity Sponsors;

 

   

The competitive environment in which we operate and demand for our products and services in highly competitive and fragmented industries;

 

   

Goodwill and other impairment charges;

 

   

Our obligations under long-term, non-cancelable leases;

 

   

Consolidation among our competitors;

 

   

The loss of any of our significant customers;

 

   

Failure to collect monies owed from customers, including on credit sales;

 

   

Competitive pricing pressure from our customers;

 

   

Our ability to identify and acquire suitable acquisition candidates on favorable terms;

 

   

Variability in our revenues and earnings;

 

   

Cyclicality and seasonality of the residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets;

 

   

Fluctuations in commodity and energy prices;

 

   

Our ability to identify and develop relationships with a sufficient number of qualified suppliers and to maintain our supply chains;

 

   

Our ability to manage fixed costs;

 

   

Changes in our product mix;

 

   

The impairment of financial institutions;

 

   

The development of alternatives to distributors in the supply chain;

 

   

Our ability to manage our working capital through product purchasing and customer credit policies;

 

   

Inclement weather, anti-terrorism measures and other disruptions to the transportation network;

 

   

Interruptions in the proper functioning of information technology (“IT”) systems;

 

   

Our ability to implement our technology initiatives;

 

   

Changes in U.S. federal, state or local regulations;

 

   

Exposure to construction defect and product liability claims and other legal proceedings;

 

   

Potential material liabilities under our self-insured programs;

 

   

Changes in U.S. health care legislation;

 

   

Our ability to attract, train and retain highly qualified associates and key personnel;

 

   

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

Inability to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

   

Changes in U.S. and foreign tax law;

 

   

Limitations on our income tax net operating loss carry forwards in the event of an ownership change;

 

   

Our ability to identify and integrate new products;

 

   

Significant costs related to compliance with environmental, health and safety regulations, including new climate change legislation; and

 

   

Our ability to achieve and maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over our financial reporting.

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

You should read this annual report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this report are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this annual report on Form 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation, other than as may be required by law, to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect changes in assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events, changes in future operating results over time or otherwise. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

HD Supply, Inc. (the “Company” or “HD Supply”) is one of the largest industrial distributors in the United States and Canada based on sales serving three distinct market sectors: Infrastructure & Energy, Maintenance, Repair & Improvement and Specialty Construction, each of which offers different products and services to the end customer. The three market sectors are made up of eight industrial distribution businesses. Through 679 locations across the United States and Canada, HD Supply operates a diverse portfolio of distribution businesses that provide approximately one million stock-keeping units (“SKUs”) to approximately 450,000 professional customers, including contractors, government entities, maintenance professionals, home builders and industrial businesses.

Our history

In March 1997, The Home Depot, Inc. (“Home Depot”), our former parent, acquired Maintenance Warehouse / America Corp., a Texas corporation organized on January 26, 1985, and a leading direct marketer of maintenance, repair and operations (“MRO”) products to the hospitality and multifamily housing markets. Since 1997, our business has grown rapidly, primarily through the acquisition of more than 40 businesses. We changed our name to HD Supply, Inc. on January 1, 2007 and converted to a Delaware corporation on August 31, 2007.

From fiscal 2000 to fiscal 2004, we extended our presence into new categories while growing existing businesses through 10 acquisitions. New businesses included plumbing and HVAC (through the acquisition of Apex Supply), flooring products and installation (Floors Inc., Floor Works, Arvada Hardwood Floor Co.) and specialty hardware, tools and materials for construction contractors (White Cap).

Growth at existing businesses was driven organically and through “tuck-in” acquisitions, expanding our presence in the MRO segment (N-E Thing Supply, Economy Maintenance Supply) and flooring and design services for professional homebuilders (Creative Touch Interiors). In fiscal 2005, we accelerated the pace of consolidation by acquiring 18 businesses, the largest of which was National Waterworks, a leading distributor of products used to build, repair and maintain water and wastewater transmission systems. In fiscal 2006, we transformed our business with the acquisition of Hughes Supply, which doubled our Net sales and further established our market leadership in a number of our largest businesses, which we supplemented with 11 other strategic acquisitions.

In 2007, through a series of transactions (the “Transactions”), investment funds associated with Bain Capital Partners LLC, The Carlyle Group and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (the “Equity Sponsors”) formed HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and purchased HD Supply from Home Depot. In connection with the Transactions, Home Depot obtained a 12.5% interest in the common stock of HDS Investment Holding, Inc.

Since 2007, we have focused on extending our presence in key growth sectors and exiting less attractive sectors. In February 2008, we sold our Lumber and Building Materials operations to ProBuild Holdings. In June 2009, we purchased substantially all of the assets of ORCO Construction Supply, the second largest construction materials distributor in the U.S., through our White Cap business. In February 2011, we sold all of the assets of SESCO/QUESCO, an electrical products division of HD Supply Canada, to Sonepar Canada. In May 2011, we purchased all of the assets of Rexford Albany Municipal Supply Company, Inc., expanding our Waterworks business in upstate New York. In September 2011, we sold our Plumbing/HVAC operations to Hajoca Corporation.

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1. BUSINESS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Our sectors

Through eight industrial distribution companies in the U.S. and a Canadian operation, we provide products and services to professional customers in the Infrastructure & Energy, Maintenance, Repair & Improvement and Specialty Construction market sectors. Most of our businesses operate in markets with a high degree of customer and supplier fragmentation, which typically demand a high level of service and availability of a broad set of complex products from a large number of suppliers. These factors drive the importance of the distributor within the value chain and create barriers to entry for suppliers to sell directly to customers.

The following table sets forth the relationship among our three market sectors, our eight businesses and our four financial reporting segments.

 

Market sector

  

Business

   Financial reporting segment

  Infrastructure & Energy

  

  Waterworks

 

  Utilities/Electrical

 

  Industrial Pipe, Valves  and
Fittings (“IPVF”)

     Waterworks

 

  Utilities/Electrical

 

  Other

  Maintenance, Repair & Improvement

  

  Facilities Maintenance

 

  Crown Bolt

 

  Repair & Remodel

     Facilities Maintenance

 

  Other

 

  Other

  Specialty Construction

  

  White Cap

 

  Creative Touch Interiors (“CTI”)

     White Cap

 

  Other

For segment information, including Net sales, Adjusted EBITDA, Total assets of each financial reporting segment, and financial geographic data see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Customers and suppliers

We maintain a customer base of approximately 450,000 customers, the majority of which represent long-term relationships. Home Depot is our largest customer, accounting for 3.6% of fiscal 2011 Net sales. We are subject to very low customer concentration with no customer, other than Home Depot, representing more than 1% of fiscal 2011 Net sales, reducing our exposure to any single customer.

We have developed relationships with approximately 15,000 strategic suppliers, many of which are long-standing. These supplier relationships provide us with reliable access to inventory, volume purchasing benefits and the ability to deliver a diverse product offering on a cost-effective basis. We maintain multiple suppliers for a substantial number of our products, thereby limiting the risk of product shortage for customers.

Competition

We operate in a highly fragmented industry and hold a leading position in multiple sectors. Our national competitors include Wolseley (Ferguson Enterprises), Rexel, Grainger, Wesco, Fastenal, Watsco, Interline Brands, and McJunkin Redman Corporation. The majority of our competitors, however, are mid-size regional distributors and small, local distributors.

Seasonality

In a typical year, our operating results are impacted by seasonality. Historically, sales of our products have been higher in the second and third quarters of each fiscal year due to favorable weather and longer daylight conditions during these periods. Seasonal variations in operating results may also be significantly impacted by inclement weather conditions, such as cold or wet weather, which can delay construction projects.

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1. BUSINESS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Infrastructure & Energy market sector

We serve customers in the Infrastructure & Energy market sector by striving to meet their demand for the critical supplies and services required to support established infrastructure and promote economic growth. The Waterworks, Utilities/Electrical, and IPVF businesses serve this sector. Their broad geographic presence, through a regionally organized distribution network of branches, reduces our exposure to economic factors in any single region.

Products

Waterworks: Pipes, fittings, valves, hydrants and meters for use in the construction, maintenance and repair of water and waste-water systems as well as fire-protection systems.

Utilities/Electrical: Conductors (wire and cable), transformers, overhead transmission and distribution hardware, switches, protective devices and underground distribution, connectors used in the construction or maintenance and repair of electricity transmission and substation distribution infrastructure, and electrical wire and cable, switchgear, supplies, lighting and conduit used in residential and commercial construction.

IPVF: Stainless and carbon steel and special alloy pipe, plate, sheet, flanges, fittings, high performance valves and actuators, as well as high-density polyethylene (“HDPE”) pipe and fittings with primary applications in high temperature, high pressure and high corrosion processing environments.

Maintenance, Repair & Improvement market sector

We serve customers in the Maintenance, Repair & Improvement market sector by delivering supplies and services needed to maintain and upgrade facilities across multiple industries. Our businesses serving customers in this market sector include Facilities Maintenance, Repair & Remodel and Crown Bolt. Facilities Maintenance and Crown Bolt are distribution center based models, while the Repair & Remodel business is a retail outlet primarily serving cash and carry customers.

Products

Facilities Maintenance: Kitchen and bathroom plumbing products, heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) products, tools and repair materials, appliances, cabinet and drawer hardware, door hardware and locksets, fasteners, lighting, electrical maintenance supplies, safety products, guest amenities, textiles, healthcare maintenance and janitorial supplies for the maintenance, repair and ongoing operations of multifamily, hospitality, healthcare, institutional and commercial properties.

Crown Bolt: Fasteners, builders hardware, rope and chain, and plumbing accessories primarily consumed in home improvement, do-it-yourself projects and residential construction.

Repair & Remodel: Kitchen cabinets, windows, plumbing materials, masonry, electrical equipment, lumber, flooring and tools and tool rentals for small remodeling, home improvement and do-it-yourself residential projects.

Specialty Construction market sector

We serve customers in the Specialty Construction market sector by delivering distinct, targeted products and services for commercial, residential and industrial applications. Our businesses serving this market sector include White Cap and CTI. Their broad geographic presence, through a regionally organized distribution network of branches, reduces our exposure to economic factors in any single region.

Products

White Cap: Tilt-up brace systems, forming and shoring systems, concrete chemicals, hand and power tools, rebar, ladders, safety and fall arrest equipment, specialty screws and fasteners, sealants and adhesives, drainage pipe, geo-synthetics, and erosion and sediment control used broadly across all types of residential and non-residential construction.

CTI: Flooring, cabinets, countertops and window coverings, along with comprehensive design center services, for the interior finish of residential, commercial, and senior living projects.

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1. BUSINESS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

HD Supply Canada

HD Supply Canada (“HDS Canada”) is an industrial distributor that primarily focuses on servicing fasteners/ industrial supplies and specialty lighting markets. HDS Canada operates across nine provinces in 51 locations. In the Canadian specialty lighting distribution market, HDS Canada competes with other large national players as well as regional distributors. In the fasteners market, HDS Canada’s key competitors are a few large, national players, including Fastenal and Acklands-Grainger, as well as regional competitors.

Operations

Intellectual property

Our trademarks and those of our subsidiaries, certain of which are material to our business, are registered or otherwise legally protected in the United States, Canada and elsewhere. We, together with our subsidiaries, own approximately 200 trademarks registered worldwide. We also rely upon trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including trademark, patent, copyright and trade secret laws, in addition to confidentiality agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information. Generally, registered trademarks have a perpetual life, provided that they are renewed on a timely basis and continue to be used properly as trademarks. We intend to maintain our material trademark registrations so long as they remain valuable to our business. Other than the trademarks HD Supply (and design), Crown Bolt, National Waterworks (and design), USABluebook, Creative Touch Interiors and White Cap, we do not believe our business is dependent to a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets. Other than commercially available software licenses, we do not believe that any of our licenses for third-party intellectual property are material to our business, taken as a whole. See “Risk Factors—If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, or we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our ability to compete could be negatively impacted.”

Employees

In domestic and international operations, we had approximately 14,400 employees as of January 29, 2012, consisting of approximately 8,800 hourly personnel and 5,600 salaried employees. As of January 29, 2012, less than one percent of our hourly workforce was covered by three separate collective bargaining agreements.

Regulation

Our operations are affected by various statutes, regulations and laws in the markets in which we operate, which historically have not had a material effect on our business. While we are not engaged in a “regulated” industry, we are subject to various laws applicable to businesses generally, including laws affecting land usage, zoning, the environment, health and safety, transportation, labor and employment practices (including pensions), competition, immigration and other matters. Additionally, building codes may affect the products our customers are allowed to use, and consequently, changes in building codes may affect the saleability of our products. The transportation and disposal of many of our products are also subject to federal regulations. The U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”) regulates our operations in domestic interstate commerce. We are subject to safety requirements governing interstate operations prescribed by the DOT. Vehicle dimensions and driver hours of service also remain subject to both federal and state regulation. See “Risk Factors—Our costs of doing business could increase as a result of changes in U.S. federal, state or local regulations.”

Environmental, health and safety matters

We are subject to a broad range of foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those pertaining to air emissions, water discharges, the handling, disposal and transport of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, the investigation and remediation of contamination and otherwise relating to health and safety and the protection of the environment and natural resources. As our operations, and those of many of the companies we have acquired, to a limited extent involve and have involved the handling, transport and distribution of materials that are, or could be classified as, toxic or hazardous, there is some risk of contamination and environmental damage inherent in our operations and the products we handle, transport and distribute. Our environmental, health and safety liabilities and obligations may result in significant capital expenditures and other costs, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1. BUSINESS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

operations. We may be fined or penalized by regulators for failing to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, or we may be held responsible for such failures by companies we have acquired. In addition, contamination resulting from our current or past operations, and those of many of the companies we have acquired, may trigger investigation or remediation obligations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Available Information

We are subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, we file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. In addition, the indentures pursuant to which our 12.0% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes were issued require us to distribute to the holders of the notes annual reports containing our financial statements audited by our independent auditors as well as other information, documents and other information we file with the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

The public may read and copy any reports or other information that we file with the SEC. Such filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The SEC’s website is included in this annual report on Form 10-K as an inactive textual reference only. In addition, the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are available free of charge to the public through the “Investor Relations” portion of the Company’s web site, www.hdsupply.com, as soon as reasonably practical after they are filed with the SEC. We include our website address in this filing only as a textual reference. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. You may also obtain a copy of any information that we file with the SEC at no cost by calling us or writing to us at the following address:

HD Supply, Inc.

3100 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 1480

Atlanta, Georgia 30339

Attn: General Counsel

(770) 852-9000

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information included in this annual report on Form 10-K in evaluating our business. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also impair our business operations. Any of these risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In such a case, you may lose all or part of your investment in the securities of the Company.

We are subject to inherent risks of the residential, non-residential and public infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets, including risks related to general economic conditions.

Demand for our products and services depends to a significant degree on spending in the residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets. The level of activity in these end markets depends on a variety of factors that we cannot control.

Historically, both new housing starts and residential remodeling have decreased in slow economic periods. In addition, residential construction activity can impact the level of non-residential construction activity. Other factors impacting the level of activity in the residential and nonresidential construction markets include:

 

   

changes in interest rates;

 

   

unemployment rates;

 

   

high foreclosure rates and unsold/foreclosure inventory;

 

   

unsold new housing inventory;

 

   

periods of economic slowdown or recession;

 

   

availability of financing (including the impact of disruption in the mortgage markets);

 

   

adverse changes in local, regional, or general economic conditions;

 

   

adverse changes in industrial economic outlook;

 

   

a decrease in the affordability of homes;

 

   

vacancy rates;

 

   

capacity utilization;

 

   

capital spending;

 

   

commercial investment;

 

   

corporate profitability;

 

   

local, state and federal government regulation; and

 

   

shifts in populations away from the markets that we serve.

In the infrastructure construction market, the level of activity depends largely on interest rates, availability and commitment of public funds for municipal spending, capacity utilization and general economic conditions. In the facility maintenance and repair market, the level of activity depends largely on occupancy rates within multifamily, hospitality, healthcare and institutional facilities markets. Because all of our markets are sensitive to changes in the economy, downturns (or lack of substantial improvement) in the economy in any region in which we operate have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we distribute many of our products to waterworks contractors in connection with residential, commercial and industrial construction projects. The water and wastewater transmission products industry is affected by changes in economic conditions, including national, regional and local standards in construction activity, and the amount spent by municipalities on waterworks infrastructure. While we operate in many markets in the United States and Canada, our business is particularly impacted by changes in the economies of Texas, California, and Florida, which represented approximately 15%, 14%, and 9%, respectively, in net sales for fiscal 2011.

In addition, the residential, non-residential and public infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets in which we compete are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide, including availability of credit, interest rates, fluctuations in capital, credit and mortgage

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

markets, and business and consumer confidence. There was a significant decline in economic growth, both in the U.S. and globally, that began in the second half of 2007 and continued through 2009. In addition, volatility and disruption in the capital markets during that period reached unprecedented levels, with stock markets falling dramatically and credit becoming very expensive or unavailable to many companies without regard to those companies’ underlying financial strength. As a result of these developments, many lenders and institutional investors reduced, and in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Adverse developments in global financial markets and general business and economic conditions, including through recession, downturn or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including our ability and the ability of our customers and suppliers to access capital. Although there have been some indications of stabilization in the general economy and certain industries and markets in which we operate, there can be no guarantee that any improvement in these areas will continue or be sustained.

We have been, and expect to continue to be, adversely impacted by the decline in the new residential construction market since its peak in 2005.

Most of our businesses are dependent to varying degrees upon the new residential construction market. The homebuilding industry is undergoing a significant and sustained downturn. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, actual single family housing starts in the U.S. during 2011 decreased 8% from 2010 levels. We believe that the market downturn over the past several years is attributable to a variety of factors including: the lasting impact of the recent economic recession; limited credit availability; excess home inventories; a substantial reduction in speculative home investment; a decline in consumer confidence; higher unemployment; and an industry-wide softening of demand. The multi-year downturn in the homebuilding industry has resulted in a substantial reduction in demand for our products and services, which in turn had a significant adverse effect on our business and operating results during fiscal years 2008 to 2011. In addition, the mortgage markets continue to experience disruption and reduced availability of mortgages for potential homebuyers due to more restrictive standards to qualify for mortgages, including with respect to new home construction loans.

We cannot predict the duration of the current housing industry market conditions, or the timing or strength of any future recovery of housing activity in our markets. We also cannot provide any assurances that the homebuilding industry will recover to historical levels, or that the operational strategies we have implemented to address the current market conditions will be successful. Continued weakness in the new residential construction market would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, because of these factors, there may be fluctuations in our operating results, and the results for any historical period may not be indicative of results for any future period.

The non-residential construction industry continues to experience a downturn which could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity and results of operations.

Many of our businesses are dependent on the non-residential construction industry and the slowdown and volatility of the United States economy in general is having an adverse effect on our businesses that serve this industry. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, actual non-residential construction put-in-place in the U.S. during 2011 declined 3% from 2010 levels and 17% from 2009. From time to time, our businesses that serve the non-residential construction industry have also been adversely affected in various parts of the country by declines in non-residential construction starts due to, among other things, changes in tax laws affecting the real estate industry, high interest rates and the level of residential construction activity. Continued uncertainty about current economic conditions will continue to pose a risk to our businesses that serve the non-residential construction industry as participants in this industry may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a continued material negative effect on the demand for our products and services.

We cannot predict the duration of the current market conditions, or the timing or strength of any future recovery of non-residential construction activity in our markets. Continued weakness in the non-residential construction market would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, because of these factors, there may be fluctuations in our operating results, and the results for any historical period may not be indicative of results for any future period.

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Residential renovation and improvement activity levels may not return to historic levels which may negatively impact our business, liquidity and results of operations.

Certain of our businesses rely on residential renovation and improvement (including repair and remodeling) activity levels. Unlike most previous cyclical declines in new home construction in which we did not experience comparable declines in our home improvement businesses, the recent economic decline adversely affected our home improvement businesses as well. According to Moody’s Economy.com, residential improvement project spending in the United States increased only 4% in 2011. Continued high mortgage delinquency and foreclosure rates, limitations in the availability of mortgage and home improvement financing and significantly lower housing turnover, may continue to limit consumers’ spending, particularly on discretionary items, and affect their confidence level leading to continued reduced spending on home improvement projects. The impact of these economic factors specific to the home improvement industry is exacerbated by unemployment.

We cannot predict the timing or strength of a significant recovery in these markets. Continued depressed activity levels in consumer spending for home improvement and new home construction will continue to adversely affect our results of operations and our financial position. Furthermore, continued economic weakness may cause unanticipated shifts in consumer preferences and purchasing practices and in the business models and strategies of our customers. Such shifts may alter the nature and prices of products demanded by the end consumer and our customers and could adversely affect our operating performance.

We may be unable to achieve or maintain profitability.

We have set goals to progressively improve our profitability over time by growing our sales, increasing our gross margin and reducing our expenses as a percentage of sales. For the fiscal years 2011 and 2010 we had net losses of $543 million and $619 million, respectively. There can be no assurance that we will achieve our enhanced profitability goals. Factors that could significantly adversely affect our efforts to achieve these goals include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

failure to grow our revenue through organic growth or through acquisitions;

 

   

failure to improve our revenue mix by investing (including through acquisitions) in businesses that provide higher margins than we have been able to generate historically;

 

   

failure to achieve improvements in purchasing or to maintain or increase our rebates from vendors through our vendor consolidation and/or low-cost country initiatives;

 

   

failure to improve our gross margins through the utilization of improved pricing practices and technology and sourcing savings;

 

   

failure to maintain or reduce our overhead and support expenses as we grow;

 

   

failure to effectively evaluate future inventory reserves;

 

   

failure to collect monies owed from customers; and

 

   

failure to integrate any businesses acquired.

Any of these failures or delays may adversely affect our ability to increase our profitability.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes and service our other debt and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

As a holding company, we have no independent operations or material assets other than our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries and invested cash, and we depend on our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us so that we may pay our obligations and expenses, including to satisfy our obligations under our 12% Senior Notes, 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, our senior secured credit facility (“Senior Secured Credit Facility”) and our asset based lending credit agreement (“ABL Credit Facility” and collectively with the “Senior Secured Credit Facility,” the “Senior Credit Facilities”). Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our debt depends on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions and dividends to us, which, in turn, depends on their operating results, cash requirements, financial condition, and general business conditions, many of which may be beyond our control. In addition, while our subsidiaries currently have no legal or regulatory restrictions on payments of dividends to us, they may be subject to such restrictions in the future. If we do not receive sufficient distributions from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to meet our obligations to

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

fund general corporate expenses or service our debt obligations, including our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes.

If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or refinance our debt. We cannot make assurances that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our debt, and such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

Significant amounts of our outstanding indebtedness will mature in 2014. As discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity, capital resources and financial condition— External financing,” we amended and extended certain of our outstanding debt on March 19, 2010. As of January 29, 2012, approximately $1.0 billion outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities will mature on April 1, 2014. As a result, we may be required to refinance any outstanding amounts under those facilities prior to the maturity date of our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes. We cannot make assurances that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, particularly because of our anticipated high levels of debt and the debt incurrence restrictions imposed by the agreements governing our debt, as well as prevailing market conditions. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our debt facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and how we use the proceeds from any such dispositions. We cannot make assurances that we will be able to consummate those dispositions, or if we do, what the timing of the dispositions will be or whether the proceeds that we realize will be adequate to meet our debt service obligations, including amounts under our outstanding notes, when due.

We have substantial debt and may incur substantial additional debt, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business and make payments on the notes.

As of January 29, 2012, we had an aggregate principal amount of $5,462 million of outstanding debt, $200 million available under our Revolving Credit Facility, and $993 million available under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility (after giving effect to the borrowing base limitations and approximately $66 million in letters of credit issued and including $57 million of borrowings available on qualifying cash balances). For fiscal 2011, our earnings were insufficient to cover our fixed charges by $440 million.

Our substantial debt could have important consequences to holders of our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes. Because of our substantial debt:

 

   

a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or general corporate purposes and our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to our outstanding notes may be impaired in the future;

 

   

we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because a portion of our borrowings, including under our debt facilities, is at variable rates of interest;

 

   

we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates and that, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand economic downturns;

 

   

our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase;

 

   

our ability to engage in acquisitions without raising additional equity or obtaining additional debt financing may be impaired in the future;

 

   

it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our creditors, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness;

 

   

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions; and

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

   

our flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and our ability to withstand competitive pressures could be limited, or we may be prevented from making capital investments that are necessary or important to our operations in general, growth strategy and efforts to improve operating margins of our businesses.

The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business and adversely affect the holders of our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes.

The Senior Credit Facilities contain covenants that, among other things, restrict or limit our ability to:

 

   

dispose of assets;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness);

 

   

prepay the notes or amend other specified debt instruments;

 

   

pay dividends and make certain payments;

 

   

create liens on assets;

 

   

engage in certain asset sales, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations or sales of all, or substantially all, of our assets;

 

   

engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

permit restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

The indentures governing our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes also contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

transfer or sell assets;

 

   

merge or consolidate with other companies; and

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Home Depot guarantees payment of the Term Loan (the “THD Guarantee”) under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The THD Guarantee also contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional secured debt;

 

   

pay dividends; and

 

   

voluntarily repurchase our outstanding notes without Home Depot’s prior written consent.

The restrictions in the indentures governing our outstanding notes, the THD Guarantee, and the Senior Credit Facilities may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to execute our business strategy successfully or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities and the indentures governing our outstanding notes may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under either the Senior Credit Facilities or the indentures that would permit the applicable lenders or noteholders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, such as the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities, could proceed against the collateral securing the secured obligations. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under the Senior Credit Facilities and may not be able to repay amounts due under such

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

facilities and the notes. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

We may have future capital needs and may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms.

Although we believe that our current cash position and the additional committed funding available under our Revolving Credit Facility and ABL Revolving Credit Facility is sufficient for our current operations, any reductions in our available borrowing capacity, or our inability to renew or replace our debt facilities, when required or when business conditions warrant, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The economic conditions, credit market conditions, and economic climate affecting our industry, as well as other factors, may constrain our financing abilities. Our ability to secure additional financing, if available, and to satisfy our financial obligations under indebtedness outstanding from time to time will depend upon our future operating performance, the availability of credit generally, economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The market conditions and the macroeconomic conditions that affect our industry could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure financing on favorable terms, if at all.

We may be unable to secure additional financing or financing on favorable terms or our operating cash flow may be insufficient to satisfy our financial obligations under the indebtedness outstanding from time to time. Furthermore, if financing is not available when needed, or is available on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of additional equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution.

Increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

A significant portion of our outstanding debt, including under the Senior Credit Facilities, bears interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. Each one percentage point change in interest rates would result in an $11 million change in the annual cash interest expense on our term loans outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities before any principal payment based on balances as of January 29, 2012. Assuming all revolving loans were fully drawn, each one percentage point change in interest rates would result in a $30 million change in annual cash interest expense on our Senior Credit Facilities. The impact of increases in interest rates could be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial indebtedness.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by a rating agency to the notes or our Senior Credit Facilities, if any, could cause the liquidity or market value of the notes to decline.

Our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes have been rated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation and Moody’s Investor Services. Our Senior Credit Facilities have also been rated by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. In determining our credit ratings, the rating agencies consider a number of both quantitative and qualitative factors. These factors include earnings, fixed charges such as interest, cash flows, total debt outstanding, total secured debt, off balance sheet obligations and other commitments, total capitalization and various ratios calculated from these factors. Our outstanding notes and our debt facilities may in the future be rated by additional rating agencies. We cannot make assurances that any rating so assigned will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as an adverse change to our business, so warrant. The interest rates and other terms within our current credit agreements are not impacted by rating agency actions. Any lowering or withdrawal of a rating by a rating agency could reduce the liquidity or market value of our outstanding notes and make our ability to raise new funds or renew maturing debt more difficult.

Goodwill is subject to impairment testing and may affect future operating results.

As of January 29, 2012, goodwill represented approximately 47% of our total assets. Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to impairment testing at least annually using a fair value based approach. The identification and measurement of impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units. Accounting for

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

impairment contains uncertainty because management must use judgment in determining appropriate assumptions to be used in the measurement of fair value. The estimates of fair value of reporting units are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment and incorporate management assumptions about expected future cash flows and contemplate other valuation techniques. Future cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions among other things.

The recoverability of goodwill is evaluated at least annually and when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit has more likely than not declined below its carrying value. The annual impairment test resulted in no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2009, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $224 million driven by a reduction in expected future cash flows for certain businesses primarily as a result of the decline in the residential construction market and general weakness in the U.S. economy.

In view of the general economic downturn in the U.S., we may be required to take additional impairment charges relating to our operations or close under-performing locations.

During fiscal 2009, we recorded impairment charges related to the carrying value of goodwill for four of our reporting units. While a goodwill impairment charge was not recorded during fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010, if weakness in the residential and/or non-residential construction markets and/or the general U.S. economy continues, we may need to take additional goodwill and/or asset impairment charges relating to certain of our reporting units and asset groups. Any such non-cash charges would have an adverse effect on our financial results.

In addition, we have closed certain under-performing branches. As of January 29, 2012, approximately 235 net branches have been closed and approximately 9,000 employees have been terminated since the Transactions. We may have to close additional branches in certain of our markets. Such facility closures could have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

We occupy most of our facilities under long-term non-cancelable leases. We may be unable to renew leases at the end of their terms. If we close a facility, we remain obligated under the applicable lease.

Most of our facilities are located in leased premises. Many of our current leases are non-cancelable and typically have terms ranging from 3 to 10 years and most provide options to renew for specified periods of time. We believe that leases we enter into in the future will likely be long-term and non-cancelable and have similar renewal options. If we close or idle a facility, we generally remain committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease, which includes, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Over the course of the last three fiscal years, we closed or idled facilities for which we remain liable on the lease obligations. Our obligation to continue making rental payments in respect of leases for closed or idled facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The industries in which we operate are highly competitive and fragmented, and demand for our products and services could decrease if we are not able to compete effectively.

The industries in which we operate are fragmented, including the residential, non-residential and public infrastructure construction and facility repair and maintenance markets. There is significant competition in each of our businesses. Our competition includes other wholesalers and manufacturers that sell products directly to their respective customer base and some of our customers that resell our products. To a limited extent, retailers of electrical fixtures and supplies, building materials, maintenance repair and operations supplies, and contractors’ tools also compete with us. We also expect that new competitors may develop over time as internet-based enterprises become more established and reliable and refine their service capabilities. Competition varies depending on product line, customer classification and geographic area. The principal competitive factors in our business include, but are not limited to:

 

   

availability and cost of materials and supplies;

 

   

technical product knowledge and expertise as to application and usage;

 

   

advisory or other service capabilities;

 

   

ability to build and maintain customer relationships;

 

   

effective use of technology to identify sales and operational opportunities;

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

   

same-day delivery capabilities in certain product lines; and

 

   

pricing of products and provisions of credit.

We compete with many local, regional and, in several markets and product categories, other national distributors. Several of our competitors in one or more of our businesses have substantially greater financial and other resources than us. No assurance can be given that we will be able to respond effectively to such competitive pressures. Increased competition by existing and future competitors could result in reductions in sales, prices, volumes and gross margins that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to maintain our market share and gain market share from competitors.

In addition, our contracts with municipalities are often awarded and renewed through periodic competitive bidding. We may not be successful in obtaining or renewing these contracts. Our inability to replace a significant number of contracts lost through competitive bidding processes with other revenue sources within a reasonable time could be harmful to our business and financial performance.

Our competitors in the residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair distribution markets continue to consolidate, which could cause these markets to become more competitive and could negatively impact our business.

Our competitors in the residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair distribution markets in the United States and Canada are consolidating. This consolidation is being driven by customer needs and supplier capabilities, which could cause the industries to become more competitive as greater economies of scale are achieved by distributors. Customers are increasingly aware of the total costs of fulfillment and of the need to have consistent sources of supply at multiple locations. We believe these customer needs could result in fewer distributors as the remaining distributors become larger and capable of being a consistent source of supply.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to take advantage effectively of the trend toward consolidation. The trend in our industry toward consolidation could make it more difficult for us to maintain operating margins and could also increase competition for our acquisition targets and result in higher purchase price multiples. Furthermore, as our industrial and construction customers face increased foreign competition and potentially lose business to foreign competitors or shift their operations overseas in an effort to reduce expenses, we may face increased difficulty in growing and maintaining our market share and growth prospects.

The loss of any of our significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our ten largest customers generated approximately 8.8% of our Net sales in fiscal 2011, and our largest customer accounted for 3.6% of our Net sales in that same period. We cannot guarantee that we will maintain or improve our relationships with these customers or that we will continue to supply these customers at historical levels. During the economic downturn, some of our customers reduced their operations. For example, some homebuilder customers exited or severely curtailed building activity in certain of our markets. There is no assurance that our customers will determine to increase their operations or return to historic levels. Slow economic recovery could continue to have a significant adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

In addition, consolidation among customers could also result in a loss of some of our present customers to our competitors. The loss of one or more of our significant customers or deterioration in our relations with any of them could significantly affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Furthermore, our customers are generally not required to purchase any minimum amount of products from us. The contracts into which we have entered with most of our customers typically provide that we supply particular products or services for a certain period of time when and if ordered by the customer. Should our customers purchase our products in significantly lower quantities than they have in the past, such decreased purchases could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The majority of our net sales are credit sales which are made primarily to customers whose ability to pay is dependent, in part, upon the economic strength of the industry and geographic areas in which they operate, and the failure to collect monies owed from customers could adversely affect our financial condition.

The majority of our Net sales volume in fiscal 2011 was facilitated through the extension of credit to our customers whose ability to pay is dependent, in part, upon the economic strength of the construction industry in the areas where they operate. Our businesses offer credit to customers, either through unsecured credit that is based solely upon the creditworthiness of the customer, or secured credit for materials sold for a specific job where the security lies in lien rights associated with the material going into the job. The type of credit offered depends both on the financial strength of the customer and the nature of the business in which the customer is involved. End users, resellers and other non-contractor customers generally purchase more on unsecured credit than secured credit. The inability of our customers to pay off their credit lines in a timely manner, or at all, would adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Furthermore, our collections efforts with respect to non-paying or slow-paying customers could negatively impact our customer relations going forward.

Because we depend on the creditworthiness of our customers, if the financial condition of our customers declines, our credit risk could increase. Significant contraction in the construction and industrial markets, coupled with tightened credit availability and financial institution underwriting standards, could adversely affect certain of our customers. Should one or more of our larger customers declare bankruptcy, it could adversely affect the collectability of our accounts receivable, bad debt reserves and net income.

We are subject to competitive pricing pressure from our customers.

Certain of our largest customers historically have exerted significant pressure on their outside suppliers to keep prices low because of their market share and their ability to leverage such market share in the highly fragmented building products supply industry. The economic downturn has resulted in increased pricing pressures from our customers. If we are unable to generate sufficient cost savings to offset any price reductions, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows may be adversely affected.

We may not achieve the acquisition component of our growth strategy.

Acquisitions will continue to be an important component of our growth strategy; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to grow our business through acquisitions as we have done historically or that any businesses acquired will perform in accordance with expectations or that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of businesses acquired will prove to be correct. Future acquisitions may result in the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and an increase in interest expense and amortization expenses and significant charges relative to integration costs. Our strategy could be impeded if we do not identify suitable acquisition candidates and our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected if we overpay for acquisitions.

Acquisitions involve a number of special risks, including:

 

   

problems implementing disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

unforeseen difficulties extending internal control over financial reporting and performing the required assessment at the newly-acquired business;

 

   

potential adverse short-term effects on operating results through increased costs or otherwise;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention, failure to recruit new, and retain existing, key personnel of the acquired business;

 

   

failure to successfully implement infrastructure, logistics and systems integration;

 

   

our business growth could outpace the capability of our systems;

 

   

unforeseen liabilities inherent in the acquired business that manifest themselves after the acquisition is completed; and

 

   

the risks inherent in the systems of the acquired business and risks associated with unanticipated events or liabilities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we may not be able to obtain financing necessary to complete acquisitions on attractive terms or at all.

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

A range of factors may make our quarterly revenues and earnings variable.

We have historically experienced, and in the future expect to continue to experience, variability in revenues and earnings on a quarterly basis. The factors expected to contribute to this variability include, among others: (i) the cyclical nature of some of the markets in which we compete, including the new residential and commercial construction markets, (ii) general economic conditions in the various local markets in which we compete, (iii) the pricing policies of our competitors, (iv) the production schedules of our customers, and (v) the effects of the weather. These factors, among others, make it difficult to project our operating results on a consistent basis, which may affect the price of our securities.

The residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets are cyclical and seasonal.

Although weather patterns affect our operating results throughout the year, adverse weather historically has reduced construction and maintenance and repair activity in the first and fourth quarters in our markets. In contrast, our highest volume of net sales historically has occurred in our second fiscal quarter. To the extent that hurricanes, severe storms, floods, other natural disasters or similar events occur in the markets in which we operate, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, most of our businesses experience seasonal variation as a result of the dependence of our customers on suitable weather to engage in construction, maintenance and renovation and improvement projects. For example, White Cap sells products used primarily in the residential and non-residential construction industry. Generally, during the winter months, construction activity declines due to inclement weather and shorter daylight hours. As a result, operating results for the businesses that experience such seasonality may vary significantly from period to period. We anticipate that fluctuations from period to period will continue in the future.

Fluctuating commodity prices may adversely impact our results of operations.

The cost of steel, aluminum, copper, ductile iron, polyvinyl chlorides (“PVC”) and other commodities used in the products we distribute can be volatile. Although we attempt to resist cost increases by our suppliers and to pass on increased costs to our customers, we are not always able to do so quickly or at all. In addition, if prices decrease for commodities used in products we distribute, we may have inventories purchased at higher prices than prevailing market prices. Significant fluctuations in the cost of the commodities used in products we distribute have in the past adversely affected, and in the future may adversely affect, our results of operations and financial condition.

If petroleum prices increase, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Petroleum prices have fluctuated significantly in recent years. Prices and availability of petroleum products are subject to political, economic and market factors that are outside our control. Political events in petroleum-producing regions as well as hurricanes and other weather-related events may cause the price of fuel to increase. Within several of our principal and other businesses, we deliver a significant volume of products to our customers by truck. Our operating profit will be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain the fuel we require or to fully offset the anticipated impact of higher fuel prices through increased prices or fuel surcharges to our customers. Besides passing fuel costs on to customers, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements that protect against fuel price increases and we do not have any long-term fuel purchase contracts. If shortages occur in the supply of necessary petroleum products and we are not able to pass along the full impact of increased petroleum prices to our customers, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

Product shortages and cyclicality in the residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets may impair our operating results.

Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate product supply from manufacturers or other suppliers. Generally, our products are obtainable from various sources and in sufficient quantities. However, the loss of, or substantial decrease in the availability of, products from our suppliers, or the loss of our key supplier agreements, could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, supply interruptions could arise from shortages of raw materials (including petroleum products), labor disputes or weather conditions affecting products or shipments, transportation disruptions or other factors beyond our control. Short and long-term disruptions in our supply

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

chain would result in a need to maintain higher inventory levels as we replace similar product domestically, a higher cost of product and ultimately a decrease in our net sales and profitability. A disruption in the timely availability of our products by our key suppliers would result in a decrease in our revenues and profitability, especially in our businesses with supplier concentration, such as our Waterworks business. Although in many instances we have agreements with our suppliers, these agreements are generally terminable by either party on limited notice. Failure by our suppliers to continue to supply us with products on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, would put pressure on our operating margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Short-term changes in the cost of these materials, some of which are subject to significant fluctuations, are sometimes, but not always passed on to our customers. Our delayed ability to pass on material price increases to our customers could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

In addition, the residential, non-residential and infrastructure construction and facility maintenance and repair markets are subject to cyclical market pressures. The length and magnitude of these cycles have varied over time and by market. Prices of the products we sell are historically volatile and subject to fluctuations arising from changes in supply and demand, national and international economic conditions, labor costs, competition, market speculation, government regulation and trade policies, as well as from periodic delays in the delivery of our products. We have a limited ability to control the timing and amount of changes to prices that we pay for our products. In addition, the supply of our products fluctuates based on available manufacturing capacity. A shortage of capacity, or excess capacity, in the industry can result in significant increases or declines in market prices for those products, often within a short period of time. Such price fluctuations can adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

We rely on third party suppliers and long supply chains, and if we fail to identify and develop relationships with a sufficient number of qualified suppliers, or if there is a significant interruption in our supply chains, our ability to timely and efficiently access products that meet our standards for quality could be adversely affected.

We buy our products and supplies from suppliers located throughout the world and they manufacture or purchase in the United States and abroad the products we buy from them. Our ability to continue to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers who can satisfy our standards for quality and our need to access products and supplies in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge. We may be required to replace a supplier if their products do not meet our quality or safety standards. In addition, our suppliers could discontinue selling products manufactured in foreign countries at any time for reasons that may or may not be in our control or the suppliers’ control. Our operating results and inventory levels could suffer if we are unable to promptly replace a supplier who is unwilling or unable to satisfy our requirements with a supplier providing similar products. Our suppliers’ ability to deliver products may also be affected by financing constraints caused by credit market conditions, which could negatively impact our revenue and cost of products sold, at least until alternate sources of supply are arranged. In addition, since a portion of the products that we distribute is produced in foreign countries, we are dependent on long supply chains for the successful delivery of many of our products. The length and complexity of these supply chains make them vulnerable to numerous risks, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause significant interruptions or delays in delivery of our products. Factors such as political instability, the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers’ noncompliance with applicable laws, trade restrictions, labor disputes, currency fluctuations, changes in tariff or import policies, severe weather, terrorist attacks and transport capacity and cost may disrupt these supply chains and our ability to access products and supplies. If we increase the percentage of our products that are sourced from lower-cost countries, these risks will be amplified. Moreover, these risks will be amplified by our ongoing efforts to consolidate our supplier base across our businesses. We expect more of our products will be imported in the future, which will further increase these risks. A significant interruption in our supply chains caused by any of the above factors could result in increased costs or delivery delays and result in a decrease in our net sales and profitability.

We have substantial fixed costs and, as a result, our operating income is sensitive to changes in our net sales.

A significant portion of our expenses are fixed costs (including personnel), which do not fluctuate with net sales. Consequently, a percentage decline in our net sales could have a greater percentage effect on our operating income if we do not act to reduce personnel or take other cost reduction actions. Any decline in our net sales would cause our profitability to be adversely affected. Moreover, a key element of our strategy is managing our

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

assets, including our substantial fixed assets, more effectively, including through sales or other disposals of excess assets. Our failure to rationalize our fixed assets in the time, and within the costs, we expect could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

A change in our product mix could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our results may be affected by a change in our product mix. Our outlook, budgeting and strategic planning assume a certain volume mix of sales as well as a product mix of sales. If actual results vary from this projected volume and product mix of sales, our financial results could be negatively impacted.

The impairment or failure of financial institutions may adversely affect us.

We have exposure to counterparties with which we execute transactions, including U.S. and foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks, investment funds and other financial institutions, some of which may be exposed to bankruptcy, illiquidity, default or similar risks. Many of these transactions could expose us to risk in the event of the bankruptcy, receivership, default or similar event involving a counterparty. For example, one of the financial institutions that is committed to fund our ABL Revolving Credit Facility failed to meet a funding request by the Company in the first quarter of 2011. While we have not realized any significant losses to date, the bankruptcy, receivership, default or similar event involving one of our financial institution counterparties could have a material adverse impact on our access to funding or our ability to meet our financing agreement obligations.

The development of alternatives to distributors in the supply chain could cause a decrease in our sales and operating results and limit our ability to grow our business.

Our customers could begin purchasing more of their product needs directly from manufacturers, which would result in decreases in our net sales and earnings. Our suppliers could invest in infrastructure to expand their own local sales force and sell more products directly to our customers, which also would negatively impact our business. For example, multiple municipalities may outsource their entire waterworks systems to a single company, thereby increasing such company’s leverage in the marketplace and its ability to buy directly from suppliers, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

In addition to these factors, our customers may elect to establish their own building products manufacturing and distribution facilities, or give advantages to manufacturing or distribution intermediaries in which they have an economic stake. These changes in the supply chain could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Because our business is working-capital intensive, we rely on our ability to manage our product purchasing and customer credit policies.

Our operations are working-capital intensive, and our inventories, accounts receivable and accounts payable are significant components of our net asset base. We manage our inventories and accounts payable through our purchasing policies and our accounts receivable through our customer credit policies. If we fail to adequately manage our product purchasing or customer credit policies, our working capital and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Inclement weather, anti-terrorism measures and other disruptions to the transportation network could impact our distribution system and our operations.

Our ability to provide efficient distribution of products to our customers is an integral component of our overall business strategy. Disruptions at distribution centers or shipping ports, due to events such as the flooding from Hurricane Irene and the outbreaks of tornadoes in 2011, blizzards in 2010, and the hurricanes of 2005, may affect our ability to both maintain key products in inventory and deliver products to our customers on a timely basis, which may in turn adversely affect our results of operations.

Furthermore, in the aftermath of terrorist attacks in the United States, federal, state and local authorities have implemented and continue to implement various security measures that affect many parts of the transportation network in the United States and abroad. Our customers typically need quick delivery and rely on our on-time delivery capabilities. If security measures disrupt or impede the timing of our deliveries, we may fail to meet the needs of our customers, or may incur increased expenses to do so.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Interruptions in the proper functioning of IT systems could disrupt operations and cause unanticipated increases in costs or decreases in revenues, or both.

Because we use our information systems to, among other things, manage inventories and accounts receivable, make purchasing decisions and monitor our results of operations, the proper functioning of our IT systems is critical to the successful operation of our business. Although our IT systems are protected through physical and software safeguards and remote processing capabilities exist, IT systems are still vulnerable to natural disasters, power losses, unauthorized access, telecommunication failures and other problems. If critical IT systems fail, or are otherwise unavailable, our ability to process orders, track credit risk, identify business opportunities, maintain proper levels of inventories, collect accounts receivable and pay expenses and otherwise manage our businesses would be adversely affected.

The implementation of our technology initiatives could disrupt our operations in the near term, and our technology initiatives might not provide the anticipated benefits or might fail.

We have made, and will continue to make, significant technology investments in each of our businesses and in our administrative functions. Our technology initiatives are designed to streamline our operations to allow our associates to continue to provide high quality service to our customers and to provide our customers a better experience, while improving the quality of our internal control environment. The cost and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of our technology initiatives could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations in the near term. In addition, our new or upgraded technology might not provide the anticipated benefits, it might take longer than expected to realize the anticipated benefits or the technology might fail altogether.

We may experience a failure in or breach of our operational or information security systems, or those of our third party service providers, as a result cyber attacks or information security breaches.

Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber attacks. A failure in or breach of our operational or information security systems, or those of our third party service providers, as a result of cyber attacks or information security breaches could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and/or cause losses. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of the controls and processes designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for us. Although we believe that we have robust information security procedures and other safeguards in place, as cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

Third party service providers are responsible for managing a significant portion of our information systems. Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if the third party service provider does not perform satisfactorily.

Our combined financial information as of and for periods prior to the Transactions is not representative of our future financial position, future results of operations or future cash flows nor does it reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been as a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Our combined financial information as of and for periods prior to the Transactions included in this annual report on Form 10-K is not representative of our future financial position, future results of operations or future cash flows nor does it reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been as a stand-alone company during the periods presented. This is primarily because:

 

   

such combined financial information reflects allocation of expenses from Home Depot. Those allocations may be different from the comparable expenses we would have incurred as a stand-alone company;

 

   

our working capital requirements historically were satisfied as part of Home Depot’s corporate-wide cash management policies. In connection with the Transactions, we incurred a large amount of indebtedness and therefore assumed significant debt service costs. As a result, our cost of debt and capitalization is significantly different from that reflected in the historical combined financial information; and

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

   

as a result of the Transactions, we experienced increases in our costs, including the cost to establish an appropriate accounting and reporting system, debt service obligations, improving information technology, and other costs of being a stand-alone company.

The interests of the Equity Sponsors may differ from the interests of holders of our 12% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinates Notes.

As a result of the Transactions, the Equity Sponsors and their affiliates own most of the outstanding capital stock of our parent company, HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (“Holding”). Holding entered into a stockholders agreement with its stockholders in connection with the closing of the Transactions which contains, among other things, provisions relating to Holding’s governance, transfer restrictions, tag-along rights, drag-along rights, preemptive rights and certain unanimous approval rights. This stockholders agreement provides that the Equity Sponsors are entitled to elect (or cause to be elected) nine out of ten of Holding’s directors, which includes three designees of each Equity Sponsor. One of the directors designated by the Equity Sponsor associated with CD&R shall serve as the chairman. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Stockholders agreement and stockholder arrangements.” The interests of the Equity Sponsors may differ from our interest and from those of holders of our outstanding notes in material respects. For example, the Equity Sponsors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their overall equity portfolios, even though such transactions might involve risks to holders of our outstanding notes. The Equity Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies, and may from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers of our customers. The companies in which one or more of the Equity Sponsors invest may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Additionally, the Equity Sponsors may determine that the disposition of some or all of their interests in our company would be beneficial to the Equity Sponsors at a time when such disposition could be detrimental to the holders of our outstanding notes. If we encounter financial difficulties, or we are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of our equity holders might conflict with those of the holders of our outstanding notes. In that situation, for example, the holders of our outstanding notes might want us to raise additional equity from our equity holders or other investors to reduce our leverage and pay our debts, while our equity holders might not want to increase their investment in us or have their ownership diluted and instead choose to take other actions, such as selling our assets. The Equity Sponsors have no obligation to provide us with financing and are able to sell their equity ownership in us at any time. Moreover, the Equity Sponsors’ ownership of our company may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire control of our company.

Our costs of doing business could increase as a result of changes in U.S. federal, state or local regulations.

Our operations are principally affected by various statutes, regulations and laws in the 45 U.S. states and nine Canadian provinces in which we operate. While we are not engaged in a “regulated” industry, we are subject to various laws applicable to businesses generally, including laws affecting land usage, zoning, the environment, health and safety, transportation, labor and employment practices (including pensions), competition, immigration and other matters. Additionally, building codes may affect the products our customers are allowed to use, and consequently, changes in building codes may affect the saleability of our products. Changes in U.S. federal, state or local regulations governing the sale of some of our products could increase our costs of doing business. In addition, changes to U.S. federal, state and local tax regulations could increase our costs of doing business. We cannot provide assurance that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in connection with regulatory requirements.

We deliver products to many of our customers through our own fleet of vehicles. The U.S. Department of Transportation, or the “DOT,” regulates our operations in domestic interstate commerce. We are subject to safety requirements governing interstate operations prescribed by the DOT. Vehicle dimensions and driver hours of service also remain subject to both federal and state regulation. More restrictive limitations on vehicle weight and size, trailer length and configuration, or driver hours of service could increase our costs, which, if we are unable to pass these cost increases on to our customers, would reduce our gross margins, increase our selling, general and administrative expenses and reduce our net income.

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

We cannot predict whether future developments in law and regulations concerning our businesses will affect our business financial condition and results of operations in a negative manner. Similarly, we cannot assess whether our businesses will be successful in meeting future demands of regulatory agencies in a manner which will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The nature of our business exposes us to construction defect and product liability claims as well as other legal proceedings.

We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the products we sell and distribute. As we do not have direct control over the quality of the products manufactured or supplied by such third party suppliers, we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of the products we distribute and install. It is possible that inventory from a manufacturer or supplier could be sold to our customers and later be alleged to have quality problems or to have caused personal injury, subjecting us to potential claims from customers or third parties. We have been subject to claims in the past, which have been resolved without material financial impact. We are involved in construction defect and product liability claims relating to our various construction trades and the products we distribute and manufacture and relating to products we have installed. In certain situations, we have undertaken to voluntarily remediate any defects, which can be a costly measure.

We also operate a large fleet of trucks and other vehicles and therefore face the risk of accidents. While we currently maintain insurance coverage to address a portion of these types of liabilities, we cannot make assurances that we will be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if at all, or that any such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Further, while we seek indemnification against potential liability for products liability claims from relevant parties, including but not limited to manufacturers and distributors, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to recover under such indemnification agreements. Moreover, as we increase the number of private label products we distribute, our exposure to potential liability for products liability claims may increase. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for significant time periods, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could be highly costly and accordingly result in a decline in revenues and profitability. In addition, uncertainties with respect to the Chinese legal system may adversely affect us in resolving claims arising from our proprietary brand products manufactured in China. Because many laws and regulations are relatively new and the Chinese legal system is still evolving, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform. Finally, even if we are successful in defending any claim relating to the products we distribute, claims of this nature could negatively impact customer confidence in our products and our company.

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings, and while we cannot predict the outcomes of such proceedings and other contingencies with certainty, some of these outcomes may adversely affect our operations or increase our costs.

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings, including government inquiries and investigations, as well as class action, products liability, consumer, employment, tort and other litigation. We cannot predict with certainty the outcomes of these legal proceedings and other contingencies, including environmental remediation and other proceedings commenced by government authorities. The outcome of some of these legal proceedings and other contingencies could require us to take, or refrain from taking, actions which could adversely affect our operations or could require us to pay substantial amounts of money. Additionally, defending against these lawsuits and proceedings may involve significant expense and diversion of management’s attention and resources from other matters. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”

If we become subject to material liabilities under our self-insured programs, our financial results may be adversely affected.

We provide workers’ compensation, automobile and product/general liability coverage through a high deductible insurance program. In addition, we provide medical coverage to our employees through a self-insured preferred provider organization. Though we believe that we have adequate insurance coverage in excess of self-insured retention levels, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if the number and severity of insurance claims increases.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

We may see increased costs arising from health care reform.

In March 2010, the United States government enacted comprehensive health care reform legislation which, among other things, includes guaranteed coverage requirements, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions and annual and lifetime maximum limits, restricts the extent to which policies can be rescinded and imposes new and significant taxes on health insurers and health care benefits. The legislation imposes implementation effective dates which began in 2010 and extend through 2020, and many of the changes require additional guidance from government agencies or federal regulations. Therefore, due to the phased-in nature of the implementation and the lack of interpretive guidance, it is difficult to determine at this time what impact the health care reform legislation will have on our financial results. Possible adverse effects of the health reform legislation include increased costs, exposure to expanded liability and requirements for us to revise ways in which we provide healthcare and other benefits to our employees. In addition, our results of operations, financial position and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Our success depends upon our ability to attract, train and retain highly qualified associates and key personnel.

To be successful, we must attract, train and retain a large number of highly qualified associates while controlling related labor costs. Our ability to control labor costs is subject to numerous external factors, including prevailing wage rates and health and other insurance costs. We compete with other businesses for these associates and invest significant resources in training and motivating them. There is no assurance that we will be able to attract or retain highly qualified associates in the future, including, in particular, those employed by companies we acquire. A very small proportion of our employees are currently covered by collective bargaining or other similar labor agreements. Historically, the effects of collective bargaining and other similar labor agreements on us have not been significant. However, if a larger number of our employees were to unionize, including in the wake of any future legislation that makes it easier for employees to unionize, the effect on us may be negative. Any inability by us to negotiate acceptable new contracts under these collective bargaining arrangements could cause strikes or other work stoppages, and new contracts could result in increased operating costs. If any such strikes or other work stoppages occur, or if other employees become represented by a union, we could experience a disruption of our operations and higher labor costs. Labor relations matters affecting our suppliers of products and services could also adversely affect our business from time to time.

In addition, our business results depend largely upon our executives as well as our branch managers and sales personnel, including those of companies recently acquired, and their experience, knowledge of local market dynamics and specifications and long-standing customer relationships. We customarily sign employment letters providing for an agreement not to compete with key personnel of companies we acquire in order to maintain key customer relationships and manage the transition of the acquired business. Our inability to retain or hire qualified branch managers or sales personnel at economically reasonable compensation levels would restrict our ability to grow our business, limit our ability to continue to successfully operate our business and result in lower operating results and profitability.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may significantly reduce our revenues and profitability.

As an industrial distributor of manufactured products, our profitability is tied to the prices we pay to the manufacturers from which we purchase our products. Some of our suppliers price their products in currencies other than the U.S. dollar or incur costs of production in non-U.S. currencies. Accordingly, depreciation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies increases the prices we pay for these products. Even short-term currency fluctuations could adversely impact revenues and profitability if we are unable to pass higher supply costs on to our customers. Our delayed ability to pass on material price increases to our customers could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, or we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our ability to compete could be negatively impacted.

Our ability to compete effectively depends, in part, upon our ability to protect and preserve proprietary aspects of our intellectual property, including our trademarks and customer lists. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could adversely impact our ability to compete, cause us to lose net sales or

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

otherwise harm our business. If it became necessary for us to resort to litigation to protect these rights, any proceedings could be burdensome and costly, and we may not prevail.

Also, we cannot be certain that the products that we sell do not and will not infringe issued patents or other intellectual property rights of others. Further, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims of alleged infringement of the trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties by us or our customers in connection with their use of the products that we distribute. Should we be found liable for infringement, we (or our suppliers) may be required to enter into licensing agreements (if available on acceptable terms or at all) or pay damages and cease making or selling certain products. Moreover, we may need to redesign or sell different products to avoid future infringement liability. Any of the foregoing could cause us to incur significant costs, prevent us from selling our products or negatively impact our ability to compete.

Income tax payments may ultimately differ from amounts currently recorded by the Company. Future tax law changes may materially increase the Company’s prospective income tax expense.

We are subject to income taxation in many jurisdictions in the U.S. as well as numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision and accordingly there are many transactions and computations for which our final income tax determination is uncertain. We are routinely audited by income tax authorities in many tax jurisdictions. Although we believe the recorded tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate outcome from any audit (or related litigation) could be materially different from amounts reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals. Future settlements of income tax audits may have a material effect on earnings between the period of initial recognition of tax estimates in the financial statements and the point of ultimate tax audit settlement. Additionally, it is possible that future income tax legislation in any jurisdiction to which we are subject may be enacted that could have a material impact on our worldwide income tax provision beginning with the period that such legislation becomes effective.

The Internal Revenue Service has issued notices of proposed adjustments that propose to disallow certain of our deductions and the carryback of certain of our net operating losses to taxable years during which we were a member of The Home Depot, Inc.’s U.S. federal consolidated income tax return. The Internal Revenue Service is expected to issue in the near future a letter that proposes to assess tax liabilities from such proposed adjustments. We are estimating such letter will contain a proposed assessment of tax liabilities for approximately $322 million to $325 million, including accrued interest. We believe that the deductions we reported on the tax returns in question and carryback of the net operating losses are accurate and appropriate. Therefore, we intend to challenge any proposed assessment by filing a formal protest with the Appeals Division of the Internal Revenue Service. During the protest period, we intend to vigorously defend our positions rather than pay any proposed assessments. If we are ultimately required to pay any such proposed assessments, we could incur significant liabilities and our cash flows, future results of operations and financial position could be affected in a significant and adverse manner. The carryback of the net operating losses was made in accordance with (and subject to the terms of) an agreement entered into between our ultimate parent corporation, HDS Investment Holding, Inc., and The Home Depot, Inc. See Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Our income tax net operating loss carry forwards could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

As of January 29, 2012, we had approximately $245 million of federal net operating loss carry forwards and $102 million of state net operating loss carry forwards. Our ability to deduct these net operating loss carry forwards against future taxable income could be substantially limited if we experience an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. In general, an ownership change would occur if there is a change in ownership of more than 50% of our stock over a three-year period. Our inability to utilize net operating loss carry forwards could result in the payment of cash taxes above the amounts currently estimated for future periods and have a negative effect on our future results of operations and financial position.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

We may not be able to identify new products and new product lines and integrate them into our distribution network, which may impact our ability to compete.

Our business depends in part on our ability to identify future products and product lines that complement existing products and product lines and that respond to our customers’ needs. We may not be able to compete effectively unless our product selection keeps up with trends in the markets in which we compete or trends in new products. In addition, our ability to integrate new products and product lines into our distribution network could impact our ability to compete. Furthermore, the success of new products and new product lines will depend on market demand and there is a risk that new products and new product lines will not deliver expected results, which could negatively impact our future sales and results of operations.

Our business may be subject to significant environmental, health and safety costs.

Our operations are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing discharges to air, soil and water, the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other hazardous substances. In the course of our operations, we store fuel in on-site storage tanks, and we use and dispose of a limited amount of hazardous substances. We cannot make assurances that compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws, such as those relating to our remediation obligations, will not adversely affect future operating results.

We may be affected by global climate change or by legal, regulatory or market responses to such potential change.

Concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant federal, state, and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions. For example, in the past several years, the U.S. Congress has considered various bills that would regulate GHG emissions. While these bills have not yet received sufficient Congressional support for enactment, some form of federal climate change legislation is possible in the future. Even in the absence of such legislation, the Environmental Protection Agency, spurred by judicial interpretation of the Clean Air Act, may regulate GHG emissions, especially diesel engine emissions, and this could impose substantial costs on us. These costs include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our internal fleet of trucks and other vehicles prematurely. In addition, new laws or future regulation could directly and indirectly affect our customers and suppliers (through an increase in the cost of production or their ability to produce satisfactory products) and our business (through the impact on our inventory availability, cost of sales, operations or demands for the products we sell). Until the timing, scope and extent of any future regulation becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our cost structure or our operating results. Notwithstanding our dedication to being a responsible corporate citizen, it is reasonably possible that such legislation or regulation could impose material costs on us. Moreover, even without such legislation or regulation, increased awareness and any adverse publicity in the global marketplace about the GHGs emitted by companies involved in the transportation of goods could harm our reputation and reduce customer demand for our services.

Our failure to achieve and maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended. We are required to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting on a periodic basis and publicly disclose the results of these evaluations and related matters, in accordance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. These reporting and other obligations place significant additional demands on our management and administrative and operational resources, including our accounting resources, which could adversely affect our operations among other things. To comply with these requirements, we have upgraded, and are continuing to upgrade our systems, including information technology, implemented additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hired additional legal, internal audit, accounting and finance staff. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in maintaining adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we grow our business, our disclosure controls and internal controls will become more complex, and we may require significantly more resources to ensure that these controls remain effective. If we are unable to continue upgrading our financial and management controls, reporting systems, information technology and

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

procedures in a timely and effective fashion, additional management and other resources of our company may need to be devoted to assist in compliance with the disclosure and financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

Due to an exemption established by rules of the SEC for non-accelerated filers, we are not required to have and have not had our independent registered public accounting firm perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, additional control deficiencies may have been identified by our independent registered public accounting firm and those control deficiencies could have also represented one or more material weaknesses.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of January 29, 2012, HD Supply reported 679 branches in the United States and Canada, as is shown in the tables below. These locations utilized approximately 21.3 million square feet, of which approximately 8% was owned (including locations subject to a ground lease) and approximately 92% was leased. We generally prefer to lease our locations, as it provides the flexibility to expand or relocate our sites as needed to serve evolving markets.

 

UNITED STATES

            STATE TOTALS

Alabama

       AL            8  

Alaska

       AK            1  

Arizona

       AZ            37  

Arkansas

       AR            4  

California

       CA            85  

Colorado

       CO            16  

Connecticut

       CT            2  

Delaware

       DE            4  

Florida

       FL            72  

Georgia

       GA            23  

Hawaii

       HI            3  

Idaho

       ID            3  

Illinois

       IL            19  

Indiana

       IN            12  

Iowa

       IA            6  

Kansas

       KS            5  

Kentucky

       KY            4  

Louisiana

       LA            11  

Maryland

       MD            11  

Massachusetts

       MA            3  

Michigan

       MI            3  

Minnesota

       MN            6  

Mississippi

       MS            2  

Missouri

       MO            13  

Montana

       MT            5  

Nebraska

       NE            3  

Nevada

       NV            11  

New Jersey

       NJ            5  

New Mexico

       NM            8  

New York

       NY            4  

North Carolina

       NC            29  

Ohio

       OH            21  

Oklahoma

       OK            8  

Oregon

       OR            6  

Pennsylvania

       PA            9  

South Carolina

       SC            14  

South Dakota

       SD            2  

Tennessee

       TN            13  

Texas

       TX            69  

Utah

       UT            10  

Virginia

       VA            18  

Washington

       WA            18  

West Virginia

       WV            4  

Wisconsin

       WI            4  

Wyoming

       WY            6  
       SUBTOTAL (U.S. Only)            620  

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

 

CANADA         PROVINCE        
TOTALS        

Alberta

       AB               6   

British Columbia

       BC               4   

Manitoba

       MB               2   

New Brunswick

       NB               1   

Nova Scotia

       NS               2   

Ontario

       ON               40   

Prince Edward Island

       PE               1   

Quebec

       QC               2   

Saskatchewan

       SK               1   
       SUBTOTAL (Canada Only)           59   
               
                                        TOTAL           679   

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is involved in litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company establishes reserves for litigation and similar matters when those matters present loss contingencies that it determines to be both probable and reasonably estimable in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies. In the opinion of management, based on current knowledge, all reasonably estimable and probable matters are believed to be adequately reserved for or covered by insurance and disclosed herein. For all such other matters, we believe the possibility of losses from such matters are remote or such matters are of such kind or involve such amounts that would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company if disposed of unfavorably.

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

There is no established public trading market for the Company’s common stock. The Company had one record holder of common stock on March 23, 2012, and no equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plan.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated and combined financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

The consolidated and combined financial data are presented below for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Transactions and the period succeeding the Transactions, respectively. The Predecessor financial data represent the combined operations of HD Supply, Inc. and CND Holdings, Inc. (which has been dissolved as of February 2, 2009). The Successor financial data represent the consolidated operations of HD Supply, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Company refers to the operations of HD Supply for both the Predecessor and Successor periods. Prior to the Transactions, HD Supply was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Home Depot.

The Transactions were accounted for as a purchase in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which resulted in a new basis of accounting. Pursuant to that guidance, the 12.5% continuing ownership of Home Depot is reflected at fair value, together with the remainder of the purchase price for the Transactions related to new ownership, and such fair value is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities based on estimates of fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Predecessor and Successor financial data are not comparable as a result of applying a new basis of accounting.

The preparation of the Predecessor financial statements includes the use of “push down” accounting procedures wherein certain assets, liabilities and expenses historically recorded or incurred at the Home Depot level, which related to or were incurred on behalf of HD Supply and have been identified and allocated or pushed down as appropriate to reflect the stand-alone financial results of HD Supply for the periods presented. Allocations were made primarily based on specific identification. Management believes the methodology applied in the allocation of these costs is reasonable. Interest expense included in these financial statements reflects the terms of the intercompany debt agreements between Home Depot and HD Supply. These terms may not be indicative of terms reached on a third-party basis.

During fiscal 2011, HD Supply disposed of its Plumbing/HVAC and SESCO/QUESCO operations. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 205-20, Discontinued Operations, the results of the Plumbing/HVAC and SESCO/QUESCO operations and the gain on sale of the businesses are classified as discontinued operations. The presentation of discontinued operations includes revenues and expenses of the discontinued operations and gain on the sale of businesses, net of tax, as one line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. All prior period Consolidated Statements of Operations presented have been restated to reflect this presentation.

Our consolidated and combined financial information may not be indicative of our future performance and our combined financial information does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as a separate stand-alone entity during the Predecessor periods. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Our combined financial information as of and for periods prior to the Transactions is not representative of our future financial position, future results of operations or future cash flows nor does it reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been as a stand-alone company during the periods presented.” In addition, we note that due to the significant size and number of acquisitions we completed in the period from January 29, 2007 to August 29, 2007, our historical data is not directly comparable on a period-over-period basis. See “Item 1. Business – Our history.”

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Selected consolidated and combined financial information

 

     Successor       Predecessor    
     Fiscal year ended      Period from       Period from    
            August 30,  
2007 to  
February 3,  
2008  
    January 29,  
2007 to  
August 29,  
2007  
 
(Dollars in millions)    January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
     January 31,
2010
     February 1,
2009
      

Statement of income data:

                      

Net sales

     $7,724           $7,015           $6,947           $9,005           $4,148          $6,350     

Cost of sales

     5,545           5,046           5,049           6,548           3,024          4,627     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,179           1,969           1,898           2,457           1,124          1,723     

Operating expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     1,636           1,537           1,540           1,876           899          1,264     

Depreciation and amortization

     344           358           376           391           163          111     

Restructuring

     –           8           21           31           –          –     

Goodwill impairment

     –           –           224           943           –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,980           1,903           2,161           3,241           1,062          1,375     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     199           66           (263)          (784)          62          348     

Interest expense

     639           623           602           644           289          220     

Interest (income)

     –           –           –           (3)          –          –     

Other (income) expense, net

     –           (1)          (208)          11           –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and discontinued operations

     (440)          (556)          (657)          (1,436)          (227)         128     

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     79           28           (188)          (291)          (82)         53     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (519)          (584)          (469)          (1,145)          (145)         75     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (24)          (35)          (45)          (110)          (18)         (19)    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     $(543)          $(619)          $(514)          $(1,255)          $(163)         $56     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Balance sheet data (end of period):

                

Working capital (unaudited)(1)

     $1,012           $1,176           $1,925           $2,071           $2,009       

Cash and cash equivalents

     111           292           539           771           108       

Total assets

     6,738           7,089           7,845           9,088           10,593       

Total debt(2)

     5,462           5,249           5,775           6,056           5,800       

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

     (428)          96           688           1,175           2,433       
 

Other financial data (unaudited):

                

Cash interest expense(3)

     $457           $365           $363           $397           $191          $220     

EBITDA(4)

     545           427           326           (396)          229          462     

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

     569           457           387           610           232          494     

Capital expenditures

     115           49           58           77           75          176     

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (5)

                   1.4x     
 

Statement of cash flows data:

                

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, net

     $(165)          $551           $69           $548           $364          $408     

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities, net

     (6)          (45)          (41)          37           (8,255)         (140)    

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities, net

     (10)          (755)          (263)          86           7,977          (269)    

 

(1) We define working capital as current assets (including cash) minus current liabilities, which include the current portion of long-term debt and accrued interest thereon.

 

(2) Total debt includes current and non-current installments of long-term debt and capital leases.

 

(3) Cash interest expense represents total interest expense in continuing operations less (i) amortization of deferred financing costs, (ii) amortization of the asset related to the estimated fair value of the THD Guarantee, (iii) paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest expense on our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes and (iv) amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives. Effective September 1, 2011, the interest expense on our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes is no longer paid-in-kind, but rather paid in cash.

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of interest expense, the most directly comparable financial measure under U.S. GAAP, to cash interest expense for the periods presented (amounts in millions):

 

     Successor       Predecessor    
     Fiscal year ended      Period from       Period from    
            August 30,  
2007 to  
February 3,  
2008  
    January 29,  
2007 to  
August 29,  
2007  
 
     January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
     January 31,
2010
     February 1,
2009
      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     $ 639           $ 623           $ 602           $ 644           $ 289          $ 220     

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     (37)          (36)          (33)          (33)          (14)         –     

Amortization of THD Guarantee

     (13)          (14)          (21)          (21)          (9)         –     

PIK interest expense on our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes

     (132)          (206)          (182)          (192)          (75)         –     

Amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives

     –           (2)          (3)          (1)          –          –     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash interest expense

     $ 457           $ 365           $ 363           $ 397           $ 191          $ 220     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Cash interest expense is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to interest expense. Management believes that cash interest expense is useful for analyzing the cash flow needs and debt service requirements of the Company.

 

(4) EBITDA, a measure used by management to evaluate operating performance, is defined as Net income (loss) less Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, plus (i) Interest expense and Interest income, net, (ii) Provision (benefit) for income taxes, and (iii) Depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and other debt service requirements. We believe EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because EBITDA excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management and that can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate, age and book depreciation of facilities and capital investments. In addition, EBITDA provides more comparability between the historical results of HD Supply during the Predecessor periods and results that reflect the new capital structure in the Successor periods. We further believe that EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies, many of which present an EBITDA measure when reporting their results. We compensate for the limitations of using non-GAAP financial measures by using them to supplement U.S. GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than U.S. GAAP results alone. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

     In addition, we present Adjusted EBITDA because it is a primary measure used by management to evaluate operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is based on “Consolidated EBITDA,” a measure which is used in calculating financial ratios in several material debt covenants in our Senior Secured Credit Facility and our ABL Credit Facility. Borrowings under these facilities are a key source of liquidity and our ability to borrow under these facilities depends upon, among other things, our compliance with such financial ratio covenants. In particular, both facilities contain restrictive covenants that can restrict our activities if we do not maintain financial ratios calculated based on Consolidated EBITDA and our ABL Credit Facility requires us to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1:1 if we do not maintain $210 million of borrowing availability. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to exclude non-cash items and certain other adjustments to Consolidated Net Income permitted in calculating Consolidated EBITDA under our Senior Secured Credit Facility and our ABL Credit Facility. We believe that inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about how the covenants in those agreements operate and about certain non-cash items, items that we do not expect to continue at the same level and other items. The Senior Secured Credit Facility and ABL Credit Facility permit us to make certain adjustments to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, such as projected net cost savings, which are not reflected in the Adjusted EBITDA data presented in this annual report on Form 10-K. We may in the future reflect such permitted adjustments in our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA. These covenants are important to the Company as failure to comply with certain covenants would result in a default under our Senior Credit Facilities. The material covenants in our Senior Credit Facilities are discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources— External Financing.”

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our income tax expenses or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

   

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

 

   

although depreciation and amortization charges are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure under U.S. GAAP, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (amounts in millions):

 

     Successor       Predecessor    
     Fiscal year ended      Period from      Period from   
            August 30, 
2007 to 
February 3, 
2008 
    January 29, 
2007 to 
August 29, 
2007 
 
     January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
     January 31,
2010
     February 1,
2009
      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     $ (543)          $ (619)          $ (514)          $ (1,255)          $ (163)         $ 56     

Less income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     24           35           45           110           18          19     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (519)          (584)          (469)          (1,145)          (145)         75     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     639           623           602           641           289          220     

Provision (benefit) from income taxes

     79           28           (188)          (291)          (82)         53     

Depreciation and amortization

     346           360           381           399           167          114     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     $ 545           $ 427           $ 326           $ (396)          $ 229          $ 462     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Adjustments to EBITDA:

                

Other (income) expense, net (i)

     –           (1)          (208)          11           –          –     

Goodwill impairment (ii)

     –           –           224           943           –          –     

Restructuring charge (iii)

     –           8           21           32           –          –     

Stock-based compensation (iv)

     20           17           18           14           1          32     

Management fee & related expenses paid to Equity Sponsors (v)

     5           5           5           6           2          –     

Other

     (1)          1           1           –          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     $ 569           $ 457           $ 387           $ 610           $ 232          $ 494     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (i) Represents the gain/loss on extinguishment of debt, the gains/losses associated with the changes in fair value of interest rate swap contracts not accounted for under hedge accounting, and other non-operating income/expense.
  (ii) Represents the non-cash impairment charge of goodwill recognized during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008 in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.
  (iii) Represents the costs incurred for employee reductions and branch closures or consolidations. These costs include occupancy costs, severance, and other costs incurred to exit a location.
  (iv) The Predecessor period includes stock-based compensation costs for stock options, Employee Stock Purchase Plans and restricted stock. The Successor periods include stock-based compensation costs for stock options.
  (v) The Company entered into a management agreement whereby the Company pays the Equity Sponsors a $5 million annual aggregate management fee and related expenses through August 2017.

Amounts were derived from our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

(5) For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of Income from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include cash and non-cash interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of debt issuance cost, amortization of the THD Guarantee and the portion of rental expense representative of the interest factor. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was calculated as follows (amounts in millions):

 

     Successor       Predecessor    
     Fiscal year ended      Period from       Period from  
            August 30,  
2007 to  
February 3,  
2008  
      January 29,
2007 to
August 29,
2007  
 
       January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
     January 31,
2010
     February 1,
2009
      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     $  (440)         $  (556)         $  (657)         $  (1,436)         $  (227)         $  128     

Add:

                

Interest expense

     639          623          602          644          289          261     

Portion of rental expense under operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest

     50          51          54          57          23          34     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings

     $   249          $   118          $    (1)         $    (735)          $     85          $  423     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

                

Interest expense

     $   639          $   623          $   602          $      644          $    289          $  261     

Portion of rental expense under operating leases deemed to be the equivalent of interest

     50          51          54          57          23          34     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

     $   689          $   674          $   656          $      701          $    312          $  295     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(i)

                   1.4x     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (i) For fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2008, and the period from August 30, 2007 to February 3, 2008, our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $440 million, $556 million, $657 million, $1,436 million and $227 million, respectively.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

HD Supply, Inc. is one of the largest industrial distribution companies in North America. With a diverse portfolio of industry-leading businesses and more than 80 years of experience, we provide a broad range of products and services to approximately 450,000 professional customers in the infrastructure and energy, maintenance, repair and improvement, and specialty construction markets. HD Supply has an expansive offering of approximately one million SKUs of quality, name-brand and propriety-brand products at competitive prices. Through 679 locations across 45 states and nine Canadian provinces, we provide localized, customer-driven services including jobsite delivery, will call or direct-ship options, diversified logistics and innovative solutions that contribute to our customers’ success.

Description of market sectors

Through eight industrial distribution businesses in the U.S. and a Canadian operation, we provide products and services to professional customers in the Infrastructure & Energy, Maintenance, Repair & Improvement and Specialty Construction market sectors, as presented below:

Infrastructure & Energy — To support established infrastructure and economic growth, our Infrastructure & Energy businesses serve customers in the Infrastructure & Energy market sector by striving to meet their demand for the critical supplies and services used to build and maintain water systems, oil refineries, and petrochemical plants, and for the generation, transmission, distribution and application of electrical power. This market sector is made up of the following businesses:

 

   

Waterworks — Distributes complete lines of water and wastewater transmission products, serving contractors and municipalities in all aspects of the water and wastewater industries.

 

   

Utilities/Electrical — Distributes electrical transmission and distribution products, power plant maintenance, repair and operations (“MRO”) supplies, smart-grid technologies, and provides materials management and procurement outsourcing arrangements to investor-owned utilities, municipal and provincial power authorities, rural electric cooperatives and utility contractors and distributes electrical products such as wire and cable, switch gear supplies, lighting and conduit to residential and commercial contractors.

 

   

Industrial Pipe, Valves and Fittings (“IPVF”) — Distributes stainless steel and special alloy pipes, plates, sheets, flanges and fittings, as well as high performance valves, actuation services and high-density polyethylene pipes and fittings for oil and gas, petrochemical, power, food and beverage, pulp and paper, mining, and marine industries; IPVF also serves pharmaceutical customers, industrial and mechanical contractors, fabricators, wholesale distributors, exporters and original equipment manufacturers.

Maintenance, Repair & Improvement — Our Maintenance, Repair & Improvement businesses serve customers in the Maintenance, Repair & Improvement market sector by striving to meet their continual demand for supplies needed to fix and upgrade facilities across multiple industries. This market sector is made up of the following businesses:

 

   

Facilities Maintenance — Supplies MRO products and upgrade and renovation services largely to the multifamily, healthcare, hospitality, institutional, and industrial markets.

 

   

Crown Bolt — A retail distribution operator, providing program and packaging solutions, sourcing, distribution, and in-store service, primarily serving The Home Depot, Inc.

 

   

Repair & Remodel — Offers light remodeling and construction supplies primarily to small remodeling contractors and trade professionals.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Specialty Construction — Our Specialty Construction businesses serve customers in the Specialty Construction market sector by striving to meet their very distinct, customized supply needs in commercial, residential and industrial applications. This market sector is made up of the following businesses:

 

   

White Cap — Distributes specialized hardware, tools and building materials to professional contractors.

 

   

Creative Touch Interiors (“CTI”) — Offers turnkey supply and installation services for multiple interior finish options, including flooring, cabinets, countertops, and window coverings, along with comprehensive design center services for residential, commercial, and senior living projects.

For a description of the relationship among our market sectors, our businesses and our financial reporting segments, see “Item 1. Business — Our sectors” within Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Acquisitions

We enter into strategic acquisitions to expand into new markets, new platforms, and new geographies in an effort to better service existing customers and attract new ones. In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, the results of the acquisitions we completed are reflected in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition forward.

On May 2, 2011, we closed on a transaction to acquire substantially all of the assets of Rexford Albany Municipal Supply Company, Inc. (“RAMSCO”) for approximately $21 million. RAMSCO specializes in distributing water, sanitary and storm sewer materials primarily to municipalities and contractors through four locations in upstate New York. These locations are operated as part of the HD Supply Waterworks business.

On June 1, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets of ORCO Construction Supply, a former competitor of the White Cap business, out of bankruptcy, for approximately $16 million. These assets are utilized as part of the HD Supply White Cap business.

Discontinued operations

On September 9, 2011, we sold all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in our Plumbing/HVAC business to Hajoca Corporation. We received cash proceeds of approximately $116 million, net of $8 million remaining in escrow and $4 million of transaction costs. As a result of the sale, we recorded a $7 million pre-tax gain in fiscal 2011.

On February 28, 2011, we sold substantially all of the assets of SESCO/QUESCO, an electrical products division of HD Supply Canada, to Sonepar Canada, and received proceeds of approximately $11 million, less $1 million remaining in escrow. As a result of the sale, we recorded a $2 million pre-tax gain in fiscal 2011.

In accordance with ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations, the results of the Plumbing/HVAC and SESCO/QUESCO operations as well as the gain on sale of businesses are classified as discontinued operations. The presentation of discontinued operations includes revenues and expenses of the discontinued operations and the gain on the sale of businesses, net of tax, as one line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. All prior period Consolidated Statements of Operations presented have been restated to reflect this presentation. For additional detail related to the results of operations of the discontinued operations, see “Note 3, Discontinued Operations,” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of Part II of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Subsequent Event

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in its Industrial Pipes, Valves and Fittings business to Shale-Inland Holdings LLC for approximately $469 million. The transaction is expected to close in March 2012 upon the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including certain financing conditions and obtaining requisite government approvals.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Key business metrics

Revenues

We earn our revenues primarily from the sale of approximately one million construction, infrastructure, maintenance and renovation and improvement related products and our provision of related services to approximately 450,000 professional customers, including contractors, government entities, maintenance professionals, home builders and industrial businesses. We recognize our revenue, net of sales tax and allowances for returns and discounts, when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, price to the buyer is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Net sales in certain of our market sectors, particularly Infrastructure & Energy, fluctuate with the costs of required commodities.

We ship products to customers predominantly by internal fleet and to a lesser extent by third party carriers. Revenues are recognized from product sales when title to the products is passed to the customer, which generally occurs at the point of destination for products shipped by internal fleet and at the point of shipping for products shipped by third party carriers.

We include shipping and handling fees billed to customers in Net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are capitalized to inventories and relieved through Cost of sales as inventories are sold. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $101 million, $96 million, and $89 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Gross profit

Gross profit primarily represents the difference between the product cost from our suppliers (net of earned rebates and discounts) including the cost of inbound freight and the sale price to our customers. The cost of outbound freight (including internal transfers), purchasing, receiving and warehousing are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses within operating expenses. Our gross profits may not be comparable to those of other companies, as other companies may include all of the costs related to their distribution network in cost of sales.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses are primarily comprised of selling, general and administrative costs, which include payroll expenses (salaries, wages, employee benefits, payroll taxes and bonuses), rent, insurance, utilities, repair and maintenance and professional fees.

In addition, operating expenses include depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, and goodwill impairments.

Relationship with Home Depot

Historical relationship

On August 30, 2007, investment funds associated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. formed HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (“Holding”) and entered into a stock purchase agreement with The Home Depot, Inc. (“Home Depot” or “THD”) pursuant to which Home Depot agreed to sell to Holding or to a wholly owned subsidiary of Holding certain intellectual property and all the outstanding common stock of HD Supply, Inc. and the Canadian subsidiary CND Holdings, Inc. On August 30, 2007, through a series of transactions, Holding’s direct wholly-owned subsidiary, HDS Holding Corporation, acquired direct control of HD Supply through the merger of its wholly owned subsidiary, HDS Acquisition Corp., with and into HD Supply (the “Company”). Through these transactions (the “Transactions”), Home Depot was paid cash of $8.2 billion and 12.5% of HDS Holding’s common stock worth $325 million for certain intellectual property and all of the outstanding common stock of HD Supply and CND Holdings, including all dividends and interest payable associated with those shares. During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company received $22 million from Home Depot for the working capital adjustment and settlement of other items finalizing the purchase price of the Transactions.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

On-going relationship

We derive revenue from the sale of products to Home Depot. Revenue from these sales is recorded at an amount that approximates market. In addition to sales, we purchase products from Home Depot. All purchases are at amounts that management believes an unrelated third party would pay.

Strategic agreement

On the date of the Transactions, Home Depot entered into a strategic purchase agreement with Crown Bolt. This agreement provides a guaranteed revenue stream to Crown Bolt through January 31, 2015 by specifying minimum annual purchase requirements from Home Depot.

Seasonality

In a typical year, our operating results are impacted by seasonality. Historically, sales of our products have been higher in the second and third quarters of each fiscal year due to favorable weather and longer daylight conditions during these periods. Seasonal variations in operating results may also be significantly impacted by inclement weather conditions, such as cold or wet weather, which can delay construction projects.

Fiscal year

HD Supply’s fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Sunday nearest to January 31. Fiscal years ended January 29, 2012 (“fiscal 2011”), January 30, 2011 (“fiscal 2010”), and January 31, 2010 (“fiscal 2009”) all include 52 weeks.

Consolidated results of operations

 

                          Percentage
Increase  (Decrease)
 
     Fiscal Year      2011
vs. 2010   
     2010
vs.  2009
 
Dollars in millions    2011        2010        2009          

Net sales

   $ 7,724         $ 7,015         $ 6,947           10.1           1.0     

Gross profit

     2,179           1,969           1,898           10.7           3.7     

Operating expenses:

              

Selling, general & administrative

     1,636           1,537           1,540           6.4           (0.2)    

Depreciation & amortization

     344           358           376           (3.9)          (4.8)    

Restructuring

     –           8           21           *             (61.9)    

Goodwill impairment(a)

     –           –           224           *             *       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total operating expenses

     1,980           1,903           2,161           4.0           (11.9)    

Operating income (loss)

     199           66           (263)          *             *       

Interest expense

     639           623           602           2.6           3.5    

Other (income) expense, net

     –           (1)          (208)          *             *       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (440)          (556)          (657)          20.9           15.4     

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     79           28           (188)          *             *       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (519)        $ (584)        $ (469)          11.1           (24.5)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Other Financial Data:

              

EBITDA(b)

   $ 545         $ 427         $ 326           27.6           31.0     

Adjusted EBITDA(c)

   $ 569         $ 457         $ 387           24.5           18.1   

 

* not meaningful; (a) See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets;” (b) EBITDA is defined as Net income (loss) less Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, plus (i) Interest expense and Interest income, net, (ii) Provision (benefit) for income taxes, and (iii) Depreciation and amortization; and (c) Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA plus (i) other (income) expense, net, (ii) goodwill impairment, (iii) restructuring charges, (iv) stock-based compensation and (v) management fees and related expenses, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” For a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to Income (loss) from continuing operations and Net income (loss), see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.”

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

            Basis Point
Increase (Decrease)
 
     % of Net sales     
     Fiscal Year      2011
vs. 2010     
     2010
vs. 2009     
 
     2011          2010          2009            

Net sales

     100.0%          100.0%          100.0%          –             –       

Gross profit

     28.2             28.1             27.3             10             80       

Operating expenses:

              

Selling, general & administrative

     21.2             21.9             22.2             (70)            (30)      

Depreciation & amortization

     4.4             5.1             5.4             (70)            (30)      

Restructuring

     –             0.1             0.3             (10)            (20)      

Goodwill impairment(a)

     –             –             3.2             –             (320)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total operating expenses

     25.6             27.1             31.1             (150)            (400)      

Operating income (loss)

     2.6             1.0             (3.8)            160            480       

Interest expense

     8.3             8.9             8.7             (60)            20       

Other (income) expense, net

     –             –             (3.0)            –             (300)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (5.7)            (7.9)            (9.5)            220             160       

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1.0             0.4             (2.7)            60             310       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (6.7)            (8.3)            (6.8)            160             (150)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Other Financial Data:

              

EBITDA(b)

     7.1             6.1             4.7             100             140       

Adjusted EBITDA(c)

     7.4             6.5             5.6             90             90       

 

* not meaningful; (a) See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets;” (b) EBITDA is defined as Net income (loss) less Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, plus (i) Interest expense and Interest income, net, (ii) Provision (benefit) for income taxes, and (iii) Depreciation and amortization; and (c) Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA plus (i) other (income) expense, net, (ii) goodwill impairment, (iii) restructuring charges, (iv) stock-based compensation and (v) management fees and related expenses, see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” For a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to Income (loss) from continuing operations and Net income (loss), see “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.”

Fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010

Highlights

Net sales in fiscal 2011 increased $709 million, or 10.1%, compared to fiscal 2010. All of our market sectors realized increases in Net sales, led by the Infrastructure & Energy market sector. Despite continued weakness in the economy, during fiscal 2011, our sales initiatives, continued focus on margin expansion and cost control resulted in an increase in our Operating income of $133 million and our Adjusted EBITDA of $112 million, or 24.5%, as compared to fiscal 2010. In addition, we continue to maintain strong liquidity, with $1.2 billion available as of January 29, 2012.

Our increases in Net Sales and Adjusted EBITDA were achieved despite the continued weak economy and construction markets. Single-family housing starts declined approximately 8% in 2011, but are projected to increase by a 20% to 30% compound annual rate from 2011 to 2014. Non-residential construction declined 2% in 2011 versus 2010. A compound annual growth rate of between 6% and 13% is forecasted from 2011 to 2014.

Net sales

Net sales increased $709 million, or 10.1%, to $7,724 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

Each of our market sectors experienced an increase in Net sales during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. Net sales were positively impacted by improvements in the energy market, sales initiatives, and commodity prices. Our Infrastructure & Energy market sector experienced the largest growth, with an increase of $406 million, or 11.0%, in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $210 million, or 10.7%, to $2,179 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

An increase in gross profit in fiscal 2011 was experienced across all of our market sectors. The improvements in gross profit were primarily driven by increased sales volumes. Gross profit as a percentage of Net sales (“gross margin”) increased approximately 10 basis points to 28.2% in fiscal 2011 from 28.1% in fiscal 2010, primarily as a result of product mix.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses increased $77 million, or 4.0%, to $1,980 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased at all of our market sectors during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010, primarily as a result of increases in variable expenses due to sales volume increases and, to a lesser extent, an increase in employee benefits related to the restoration of the Company’s match on the 401(k) defined contribution plan. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of Net sales declined approximately 70 basis points to 21.2% in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010, through the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases and efforts to control variable expenses.

Depreciation and amortization expense declined primarily due to lower capital expenditures in recent years. During fiscal 2010, we recorded $8 million of restructuring charges under the fiscal 2009 restructuring plan.

Operating income (loss)

Operating income of $199 million increased $133 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010, as a result of the improvement in Net sales and Gross profit and control over growth in Operating expenses. Operating income as a percentage of Net sales increased approximately 160 basis points in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. The improvement was driven by our Specialty Construction and Maintenance, Repair & Improvement market sectors, and, to a lesser extent, our and Infrastructure & Energy market sector.

Interest expense

Interest expense associated with interest-bearing debt was higher in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. The increase is due to an increase in the principal of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due to the paid-in-kind interest capitalization, partially offset by a decline in average debt balances on the ABL Credit Facility and Cash Flow Revolver as compared to fiscal 2010. Interest expense in fiscal 2011 was also positively impacted by a reduction in interest rates on our variable rate debt as compared to fiscal 2010.

Other (income) expense, net

During fiscal 2010, we recognized a $6 million gain related to the valuation of our interest rate swaps.

In connection with the amendment of our debt agreements in first quarter 2010, we incurred financing fees of approximately $34 million, of which approximately $3 million were charged to Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2010 in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 470- 50, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments). The remaining $31 million was deferred and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the amended agreements. In addition, in connection with the $30 million prepayment of non-extending Term Loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facility in first quarter 2010, we wrote-off the unamortized pro-rata portion of the THD Guarantee and the unamortized pro-rata portion of the deferred debt costs, resulting in a charge of $2 million, reflected in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2010.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations increased to a $79 million provision in fiscal 2011 from a $28 million provision in fiscal 2010. The effective rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2011 was an expense of 18.0%, mainly driven by the impact of a $243 million increase in the U.S. valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. The U.S. valuation allowance for fiscal 2011 includes an increase of $58 million related to deferred tax liabilities generated by indefinite lived intangibles. The deferred tax liability associated with indefinite life intangibles is not available as a source of taxable income to support the realization of deferred tax

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

assets created by other deductible temporary timing differences. The effective rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2010 was an expense of 5.1% driven by the impact of a $217 million increase in the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

We regularly assess the realization of our net deferred tax assets and the need for any valuation allowance. This assessment requires management to make judgments as to the recoverability of the deferred tax assets and if it is determined that it is “more likely than not” that the benefits will not be realized, valuation allowances are recognized. In evaluating whether it is “more likely than not” that the Company would recover these deferred tax assets, future taxable income, the reversal of existing temporary differences, and tax planning strategies are considered.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA increased $118 million, or 27.6%, in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010 and Adjusted EBITDA increased $112 million, or 24.5%, in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. The increase in EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the increases in Net sales and Gross profit. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales increased approximately 90 basis points to 7.4% in fiscal 2011, primarily due to the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases and efforts to control variable expenses.

Fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009

Highlights

Net sales in fiscal 2010 increased $68 million, or 1.0%, compared to fiscal 2009, led by increased volume in the Maintenance, Repair & Improvement market sector. For the first time since 2006, the residential construction market, measured by single family housing starts, experienced positive growth in 2010, of 7%.

Our Operating income in fiscal 2010 improved by $329 million, primarily as a result of the non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $224 million recorded in fiscal 2009. As a result of our continued cost reduction and margin expansion efforts, our Operating income in fiscal 2010 increased by $105 million as compared to fiscal 2009 excluding the goodwill impairment charge. During fiscal 2010, our Adjusted EBITDA increased $70 million, or 18.1%, as compared to fiscal 2009.

During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded charges of $8 million for branch closures and consolidations under previously announced plans. During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded charges of $21 million for branch closures, primarily at our Specialty Construction and Infrastructure & Energy market sectors under a plan initiated in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2009 was also negatively impacted by inventory valuation charges of $20 million recorded in the fourth quarter as a result of continued weakness in the construction and oil and gas markets. The inventory valuation charges are included in Cost of sales in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. We continued to benefit from our ongoing corporate cost reduction efforts and branch closure and consolidation activities.

Net sales

Net sales increased $68 million, or 1.0%, to $7,015 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

The increase in Net sales in fiscal 2010 was driven by our Maintenance, Repair & Improvement market sector, offset by a decrease at our Specialty Construction market sector and a slight decrease at our Infrastructure & Energy market sector. Net sales were positively impacted by market volumes, efforts to gain market share, sales initiatives, commodity prices, and approximately $34 million of positive impact from the Canadian exchange rate in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. Partially offsetting these increases was the negative impact of the continuing weakness in the residential construction market and the continued weakening in the commercial construction market.

Gross profit

Gross profit increased $71 million, or 3.7%, to $1,969 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The increase in gross profit during fiscal 2010 was driven by our Maintenance, Repair & Improvement and Specialty Construction market sectors. Gross profit for our Infrastructure & Energy market sector was flat during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

Gross profit as a percentage of Net sales (“gross margin”) increased approximately 80 basis points to 28.1% in fiscal 2010 from 27.3% in fiscal 2009. The increases were driven by improved product sourcing, product mix, and a shift in our business mix toward our higher margin Maintenance, Repair & Improvement sector. In addition, the gross margin in fiscal 2009 was negatively impacted by $20 million of inventory valuation charges.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses decreased $258 million, or 11.9%, to $1,903 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. Operating expenses in fiscal 2009 included a goodwill impairment charge of $224 million. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009, Operating expenses decreased $34 million, or 1.8%, in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased at our Specialty Construction and Infrastructure & Energy sectors during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to personnel reductions, reduced operating costs due to branch closures, and other cost reduction initiatives begun during fiscal 2009. Substantially offsetting these decreases were increases in Selling, general and administrative expenses at our Maintenance, Repair & Improvement sector primarily related to software implementation, freight costs and personnel expenses supporting new sales growth initiatives and volume increases.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 due to the timing of asset acquisitions and amortization of intangible assets. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in software amortization expense. In addition, Operating expenses included restructuring charges of $8 million and $21 million during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Operating expenses as a percentage of Net sales decreased significantly in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, Operating expenses as a percentage of Net sales decreased approximately 80 basis points in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. This decrease was driven by personnel reductions, reduced operating costs due to branch closures, and other cost reduction efforts at our Specialty Construction and Infrastructure & Energy sectors, partially offset by volume declines at our Infrastructure & Energy sector, which adversely affected the absorption of overhead costs, and an increase in expenses at our Maintenance, Repair & Improvement sector.

Operating income (loss)

Operating income of $66 million improved $329 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to an Operating loss of $263 million in fiscal 2009, primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009, Operating income improved $105 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, primarily at our Specialty Construction sector, though all of our sectors experienced improvements in Operating income, excluding goodwill impairments. Operating income as a percentage of Net sales increased significantly in fiscal 2010 as compared fiscal 2009, primarily due to the goodwill impairment charge in fiscal 2009. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, Operating income as a percentage of Net sales increased approximately 150 basis points in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The improvement in fiscal 2010 was driven by our Specialty Construction sector and, to a lesser extent, our Infrastructure & Energy and Maintenance, Repair & Improvement sectors.

Interest expense

Interest expense associated with interest-bearing debt was higher in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to an increase in the principal of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due to the paid-in-kind interest capitalization and an increase in interest rates as a result of our credit amendments, partially offset by a decline in average debt balances. The lower average debt balances in fiscal 2010 were due to repayments on the ABL Credit Facility, Term Loan, and Revolving Credit Facility, partially offset by the interest capitalization on the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Other (income) expense, net

During fiscal 2010, we recognized a $6 million gain related to the valuation of our interest rate swaps.

In connection with the amendment of our debt agreements in first quarter 2010, we incurred financing fees of approximately $34 million, of which approximately $3 million were charged to Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2010 in accordance with U.S. GAAP (Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 470- 50, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments). The remaining $31 million was deferred and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the amended agreements. In addition, in connection with the first quarter 2010 $30 million prepayment of non-extending Term Loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, we wrote-off the unamortized pro-rata portion of the THD Guarantee and the unamortized pro-rata portion of the deferred debt costs, resulting in a charge of $2 million, reflected in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2010.

During first quarter 2009, we repurchased $252 million principal amount, plus accrued interest of $15 million, of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 for $62 million. As a result, we recognized a $200 million pre-tax gain for the extinguishment of this portion of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, net of the write-off of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. In addition, we recognized an $11 million gain in fiscal 2009 related to the valuation of our interest rate swaps.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations decreased to a $28 million provision in fiscal 2010 from a $188 million benefit in fiscal 2009. The effective rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2010 was an expense of 5.1%, driven by the impact of a $217 million increase in the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. The effective rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2009 was a benefit of 28.7%, driven by the impact of the goodwill impairment.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA increased $101 million, or 31.0%, in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 and Adjusted EBITDA increased $70 million, or 18.1%, in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the increases in Net sales and Gross profit. Fiscal 2009 EBITDA was negatively affected by the $224 million goodwill impairment, offset by the $200 million gain on debt extinguishment, net of the write-off of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales increased approximately 90 basis points to 6.5% in fiscal 2010, primarily due to the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases and efforts to control variable expenses.

Results of operations by market sector

Infrastructure & Energy

 

     Fiscal Year      Increase (Decrease)  
        2011
vs.  2010
     2010
vs.  2009
 
Dollars in millions    2011      2010      2009        

Net sales

     $4,094         $3,688         $3,695         11.0%         (0.2)%   

Operating income (loss)

     $84         $48         $(161)         75.0%         *   

% of Net sales

     2.1%         1.3%         (4.4)%         80 bps         570 bps   

Depreciation and amortization

     142         140         142         1.4%         (1.4)%   

Restructuring

             1         7         *         *   

Goodwill impairment

                     194                 *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     $226         $189         $182         19.6%         3.8%   

% of Net sales

     5.5%         5.1%         4.9%         40 bps         20 bps   

 

* not meaningful; (1)Adjusted EBITDA is Operating income (loss) plus (i) Depreciation and amortization expense, (ii) Restructuring charges, and (iii) Goodwill impairment charges.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010

Net sales

Net sales increased $406 million, or 11.0%, to $4,094 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

The increase in Net sales in fiscal 2011 was driven by increases of $163 million, or 11.2%, at Utilities/Electrical, $130 million, or 22.8%, at IPVF, and $113 million, or 6.8%, at Waterworks.

Net sales growth at Utilities/Electrical and Waterworks was primarily due to sales initiatives, increased transmission and substation projects, and positive impacts from fluctuating commodity prices, primarily copper and steel at Utilities/Electrical and primarily PVC at Waterworks. The acquisition of RAMSCO also contributed to the Net sales increase at Waterworks. The increase in Net sales at IPVF in fiscal 2011 was driven by a recovering market and an increase in large project work in the oil and gas industry during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased $37 million, or 19.6%, during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010, driven by an increase of $18 million at Waterworks and $18 million at IPVF. Adjusted EBITDA increased $1 million at Utilities/Electrical.

The Adjusted EBITDA increase at Waterworks was driven by volume increases and positive impacts from fluctuating commodity prices. The Adjusted EBITDA increase at IPVF was driven by volume increases and gross margin improvements. The positive impacts at both Waterworks and IPVF were partially offset by higher Selling, general and administrative costs, primarily due to variable compensation as a result of higher volumes.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales increased approximately 40 basis points in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. The increase was driven primarily by gross margin improvements at IPVF and the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases and efforts to control variable expenses at Waterworks and Utilities/Electrical, partially offset by slight gross margin compression at Utilities/Electrical.

Fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009

Net sales

Net sales decreased $7 million, or 0.2%, to $3,688 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

The decrease in Net sales in fiscal 2010 was driven by a decline of $68 million, or 10.7%, at IPVF. Substantially offsetting these declines were increases in Net sales of $53 million and $7 million at Utilities/Electrical and Waterworks, respectively, representing increases of 3.7% and 0.4%, respectively.

The decline at IPVF in fiscal 2010 was driven by a reduction in large project work in the oil and gas industry during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009 and by pricing pressure due to decline in overall market demand. The Net sales growth at Utilities/Electrical was driven by volume increases due to a gradual improvement in the residential market, partially offset by lower capital and maintenance spend by utilities in most customer end-markets primarily due to continued weakness in the overall economy and continued focus on working capital management. In addition, Net sales increased at Utilities/Electrical and Waterworks through sales initiatives and positive impacts from fluctuating commodity prices, primarily copper and steel at Utilities/Electrical and primarily PVC at Waterworks.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased $7 million, or 3.8%, during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, driven by an increase of $9 million at Utilities/Electrical and, to a lesser extent, an increase of $2 million at IPVF. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in Adjusted EBITDA at Waterworks of $5 million.

The Adjusted EBITDA increase at Utilities/Electrical was driven by volume increases in the residential market, partially offset by volume declines in the utilities sector. The Adjusted EBITDA increase at IPVF was driven by margin improvements as a result of inventory valuation charges taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. IPVF and Waterworks experienced decreases in Selling, general and administrative costs primarily due to volume

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

declines and personnel reductions. Offsetting these positive impacts to Adjusted EBITDA, Waterworks experienced margin compression in fiscal 2010 as a result of competitive pricing pressures and product mix.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales increased approximately 20 basis points in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The increase in fiscal 2010 was driven by margin improvements at IPVF and the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases at Utilities/Electrical.

Maintenance, Repair & Improvement

 

     Fiscal Year      Increase (Decrease)  
        2011
vs. 2010
     2010
vs. 2009
 
Dollars in millions    2011      2010      2009        

Net sales

     $2,292         $2,117         $2,023         8.3%         4.6%   

Operating income (loss)

     $254         $205         $156         23.9%         31.4%   

% of Net sales

     11.1%         9.7%         7.7%         140 bps         200 bps   

Depreciation and amortization

     143         146         149         (2.1)%         (2.0)%   

Restructuring

                     1                 *   

Goodwill impairment

                     30                 *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     $397         $351         $336         13.1%         4.5%   

% of Net sales

     17.3%         16.6%         16.6%         70 bps           

 

* not meaningful; (1) Adjusted EBITDA is Operating income (loss) plus (i) Depreciation and amortization expense, (ii) Restructuring charges, and (iii) Goodwill impairment charges.

Fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010

Net sales

Net sales increased $175 million, or 8.3%, to $2,292 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

The increase in Net sales in fiscal 2011 was driven by Facilities Maintenance, which had an increase of $188 million, or 11.2%, and, to a lesser extent, Repair & Remodel, which had an increase of $10 million, or 7.1%. Partially offsetting this sales growth was a decline in Net sales at Crown Bolt.

The Net sales growth at Facilities Maintenance was driven by new initiatives primarily in the hospitality, multi-family, and healthcare markets. In addition, Net sales were positively impacted by favorable market conditions in the multi-family and hospitality industries. The Net sales growth at Repair & Remodel was driven by volume, primarily as a result of sales initiatives and the opening of a new location in the Los Angeles market during the second quarter of fiscal 2010. The decrease in Crown Bolt’s Net sales was primarily due to the discontinuation of the audio-visual product line at the end of fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, Crown Bolt recorded $20 million and $12 million, respectively, in Net sales in accordance with the minimum purchase requirement provisions of the strategic purchase agreement with Home Depot.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased $46 million, or 13.1%, during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was driven by Facilities Maintenance and, to a lesser extent, Crown Bolt and Repair & Remodel. The increase at Facilities Maintenance in fiscal 2011 was due to volume increases and new sales initiatives, partially offset by increased Selling, general and administrative expense related to the volume increases and new initiatives. Also, contributing to the increased Selling, general and administrative expenses were increased average fuel prices and the reinstatement of the Company’s 401(k) match.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales increased approximately 70 basis points to 17.3% in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases and efforts to control variable expense at Facilities Maintenance and Repair & Remodel, and gross margin improvements due to product mix at Crown Bolt. These increases were partially offset by investment in sales force additions at Facilities Maintenance and a shift in mix within the sector.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009

Net sales

Net sales increased $94 million, or 4.6%, to $2,117 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

The increase in Net sales in fiscal 2010 was driven by Facilities Maintenance, which had an increase of $73 million, or 4.5%. Crown Bolt and Repair & Remodel also had a combined increase in Net sales during fiscal 2010 of $21 million, or 5.0%, as compared to fiscal 2009.

The Net sales growth at Facilities Maintenance was driven by new initiatives primarily in the hospitality, multi-family, and healthcare markets. The Net sales growth at Repair & Remodel was driven by volume, primarily as a result of sales initiatives and the opening of a new location in the Los Angeles market. During fiscal 2010, Crown Bolt recorded $12 million in Net sales in accordance with the minimum purchase requirement provisions of the strategic purchase agreement with Home Depot. Partially offsetting this positive impact to Crown Bolt’s Net sales was a decrease in Net sales due to volume and price decreases.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased $15 million, or 4.5%, during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was driven by the $12 million of Net sales recorded at Crown Bolt in accordance with the strategic purchase agreement provisions. In addition, the sector experienced improvements in gross margin driven by sales initiatives, favorable product mix, and certain one-time costs incurred during fiscal 2009. Partially offsetting these favorable impacts was an increase in Selling, general and administrative costs related to software implementation, freight costs and personnel expenses supporting new sales growth initiatives and volume increases.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales remained flat in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The positive impacts of the gross margin increases were offset by an increase in Selling, general and administrative expenses.

Specialty Construction

 

     Fiscal Year      Increase (Decrease)  
        2011
vs. 2010
     2010
vs. 2009
 
Dollars in millions    2011      2010      2009        

Net sales

     $1,171         $1,061         $1,095         10.4%         (3.1)%   

Operating income (loss)

     $(38)         $(84)         $(142)         (54.8)         (40.8)%   

% of Net sales

     (3.2)%         (7.9)%         (13.0)%         (470) bps         (510) bps   

Depreciation and amortization

     43         51         61         (15.7)%         (16.4)%   

Restructuring

             8         13         *         (38.5)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     $5         $(25)         $(68)         *         (63.2)%   

% of Net sales

     0.4%         (2.4)%         (6.2)%         280 bps         (380) bps   

 

* not meaningful; (1) Adjusted EBITDA is Operating income (loss) plus (i) Depreciation and amortization expense and (ii) Restructuring charges.

Fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010

Net sales

Net sales increased $110 million, or 10.4%, to $1,171 million during fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010.

The increase in Net sales was driven by a $130 million, or 15.2%, increase at White Cap, partially offset by a decline in Net sales at CTI. The increase in Net sales at White Cap was driven primarily by sales initiatives and, to a lesser extent, rising commodity prices, primarily steel. The decrease in Net sales during fiscal 2011 at CTI was driven by volume declines in the residential construction market, in part due to the expiration of the U.S. tax incentives for homebuyers in the second quarter of fiscal 2010.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA improved $30 million during fiscal 2011 to $5 million compared to a loss of $25 million in fiscal 2010.

The improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was driven by White Cap, and, to a lesser extent, CTI. White Cap’s improvement was primarily driven by gross profit increases as a result of volume and commodity impacts, the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases, and efforts to control variable expenses. The improvement in CTI’s Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to a decrease in Selling, general, and administrative expense, as a result of personnel reductions, the closure of certain underperforming branches, and efforts to control variable expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales improved to 0.4% in fiscal 2011 from (2.4%) in fiscal 2010, primarily due to the leverage of fixed costs through sales volume increases and efforts to control variable expenses at White Cap and, to a lesser extent, improved gross margins at both businesses and a shift in mix within the sector.

Fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009

Net sales

Net sales decreased $34 million, or 3.1%, to $1,061 million during fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009.

White Cap and CTI experienced declines in Net sales of $20 million and $14 million, respectively, in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009, which represent declines of 2.3% and 6.4%, respectively. The Net sales decreases were driven by a continued impact of the weakened construction markets as the residential recovery has stalled. Partially offsetting these declines were favorable impacts to Net sales during fiscal 2010 due to rising commodity prices.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA improved $43 million during fiscal 2010 to a loss of $25 million compared to a loss of $68 million in fiscal 2009.

The improvement in Adjusted EBITDA in fiscal 2010 was driven by a decrease in Selling, general and administrative expenses, primarily due to personnel reductions, reduced operating costs due to branch closures, and other cost reduction initiatives begun during fiscal 2009. In addition, fiscal 2010 Adjusted EBITDA was favorably impacted by gross profit increases, driven by product mix, commodity impacts, and one-time costs incurred during fiscal 2009.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net sales improved approximately 380 basis points in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The improvement was primarily due to improved gross margins and significant reductions in fixed costs across the sector.

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Liquidity, capital resources and financial condition

Sources and uses of cash

Our sources of funds, primarily from operations, cash on-hand, and, to the extent necessary, from readily available external financing arrangements, are sufficient to meet all current obligations on a timely basis. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet the operating needs of our business for at least the next twelve months.

During fiscal 2011, cash inflow was primarily provided by cash receipts from operations and proceeds from the sale of businesses. The fiscal 2011 inflows along with cash on hand were utilized to meet the cash flow needs of the business including, but not limited to, payment of operating expenses, funding capital expenditures, investing in working capital, and the payment of interest on debt. In addition, the Company paid $10 million in net debt repayments.

As of January 29, 2012, our combined liquidity of approximately $1.2 billion is comprised of $111 million in cash and cash equivalents and $1,136 million of available borrowings. The available borrowings include $200 million under our Revolving Credit Facility, which matures on August 30, 2013, and $936 million under our ABL Revolving Credit Facility, based on qualifying inventory and receivables, which matures on April 1, 2014. From time to time, depending on market conditions and other factors, we may seek to refinance a portion or all of our indebtedness.

Although we believe that our end-markets will improve and enable us to generate higher earnings and cash flows in future years, even in the absence of this expected improvement, we believe our current liquidity and earnings are sufficient to meet all of our operating needs and financial obligations through 2013 as illustrated in the chart below (amounts in millions).

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2012      2013  
  

 

 

 

Starting Liquidity

         $1,247               $1,019     

Add:

     

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     569           569     

Subtract:

     

Cash Interest Payments(2)

     600           600     

Capital Expenditures(1)

     115           115     

Debt Principal Payments(3)

     82           10     

Maturity of Revolving Credit Facility

     –           200     
  

 

 

 

Ending Liquidity

     $1,019           $  663     
  

 

 

 
  (1) Adjusted EBITDA and Capital Expenditures are held constant in this illustration. See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure under U.S. GAAP. By including these assumptions in this report we do not intend to make any projection regarding future Adjusted EBITDA or capital expenditure levels. Actual results in the future may differ materially from historic levels.

 

  (2) Our cash interest payments for fiscal 2011 were approximately $356 million. Beginning in fiscal 2012, we anticipate our annualized cash interest payments to be approximately $600 million as the interest on our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes will be paid in cash, rather than paid in kind. The interest rates and other terms within our current credit agreements are not impacted by rating agency actions.

 

  (3) Represents required principal payments on our Term Loans due August 30, 2012 and April 1, 2014.

Information about the Company’s cash flows, by category, is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and is summarized as follows:

Net cash provided by (used for):

 

Amounts in millions        Fiscal 2011              Fiscal 2010              Fiscal 2009      

Operating activities

     $(165)          $551           $69       

Investing activities

     (6)          (45)          (41)     

Financing activities

     (10)          (755)          (263)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Working capital

Working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents, increased to $901 million as of the end of fiscal 2011 from $884 million as of the end of fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in receivables and inventory as well as a decrease to accounts payable due to the timing of inventory purchases, substantially offset by the working capital decrease for the sale of businesses and increases in accrued interest and the current maturities of long-term debt.

Working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents, decreased to $884 million as of the end of fiscal 2010 from $1,386 million as of the end of fiscal 2009. The decrease was primarily driven by the collection of an income tax receivable of $220 million and an increase to accounts payable of $321 million due to the timing of inventory purchases.

Operating activities

Cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 2011 was a use of $165 million compared with cash flows provided by operating activities of $551 million in fiscal 2010. The decrease was primarily due to the timing of payments for the purchase of inventory and the receipt of an IRS refund in fiscal 2010 of $220 million.

Cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 2010 was $551 million compared with $69 million in fiscal 2009. The increase was primarily due to the timing of payments for the purchase of inventory and the receipt of an IRS refund of $220 million in fiscal 2010. These increases were partially offset by the receipt of an IRS refund in fiscal 2009 of $134 million.

Investing activities

During fiscal 2011, cash used in investing activities was $6 million, primarily driven by $115 million of capital expenditures and the $21 million acquisition of RAMSCO, partially offset by $128 million of proceeds from the sale of businesses. During fiscal 2011, capital expenditures increased $66 million as compared to fiscal 2010, driven by the purchase of open-ended vehicle leases and reflecting our commitment to invest in our business through information technology, greenfield expansion, and other strategic initiatives.

During fiscal 2010, cash used in investing activities was $45 million, primarily driven by $49 million of capital expenditures.

During fiscal 2009, cash used in investing activities was $41 million, primarily driven by $58 million of capital expenditures and the $16 million acquisition of ORCO, partially offset by the receipt of $22 million for the final working capital adjustment related to the Transactions.

Financing activities

During fiscal 2011, cash used in financing activities was $10 million, due entirely to net debt repayments.

During fiscal 2010, cash used in financing activities was $755 million, due to net debt repayments of $722 million, including the prepayment on the Term Loan of $30 million, and $34 million in financing fees related to the amendment of our credit agreements.

During fiscal 2009, cash used in financing activities was $263 million, as a result of net debt repayments, including the repurchase of $252 million principal amount of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes for $62 million.

External financing

As of January 29, 2012, we have an aggregate principal amount of $5.5 billion of outstanding debt, $200 million of available borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and $993 million of available borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility (after giving effect to the borrowing base limitations and approximately $66 million in letters of credit issued and including $57 million of borrowings available on qualifying cash balances).

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Our outstanding debt as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 consisted of the following outstanding principal amounts with the respective interest rates (dollars in millions):

 

     January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011  
     Outstanding
Principal
     Interest
Rate %
     Outstanding
Principal
     Interest
Rate %
 

Term Loan due August 30, 2012

       $ 73           1.53             $ 74           1.56     

Term Loan due April 1, 2014

     855           3.03           864           3.06     

ABL Term Loan due April 1, 2014

     214           3.56           214           3.53     

12.0% Senior Notes due September 1, 2014

     2,500           12.00           2,500           12.00     

13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due September 1, 2015

     1,820           13.50           1,597           13.50     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total long-term debt

       $   5,462                $   5,249        
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Senior Secured Credit Facility

The Company maintains a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a $928 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $200 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). On March 19, 2010, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 (the “Cash Flow Amendment”) to its Senior Secured Credit Facility, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among the Company, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other lenders and financial institutions from time to time party thereto. The Cash Flow Amendment extended the maturity date from August 30, 2012 to April 1, 2014 of approximately $874 million in principal amount of outstanding Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. Home Depot, which guarantees payment of the Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (“THD Guarantee”), consented to the Cash Flow Amendment. Concurrently, Home Depot and the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which Home Depot consented to any later amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended, (similar in form and substance to the Cash Flow Amendment) that would extend the maturity of the remaining approximately $104 million of outstanding Term Loan to a date that is not later than the maturity date in effect from time to time under the Cash Flow Amendment. In addition, the Company entered into a letter agreement with Home Depot, pursuant to which the Company agreed that, while the THD Guarantee is outstanding, the Company would not voluntarily repurchase any 12.0% Senior Notes or 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, directly or indirectly, without Home Depot’s prior written consent, subject to certain exceptions, including debt repurchases with equity or permitted refinancings. The Company also agreed to prepay $30 million in aggregate principal amount of non-extending Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. This prepayment was completed during the first quarter of fiscal 2010. The maturity date of the extended outstanding Term Loan may be further extended to a date not later than June 1, 2014, without further consent by the lenders, if Home Depot provides a notice electing to extend its guarantee of the Term Loan to such later date. However, Home Depot is under no obligation to provide such notice or make such election to further extend its guarantee, and the Company cannot provide any assurance that Home Depot will provide such notice or make such election or on what terms it might do so. The remaining outstanding non-extended Term Loan will mature on the original maturity date of such loan, i.e. August 30, 2012. The Senior Secured Credit Facility can be repaid at any time without penalty or premium.

The Cash Flow Amendment increased the borrowing margins applicable to the extended portion of the Term Loan by 150 basis points, such that the extended Term Loan bears interest at Prime plus 1.75% or LIBOR plus 2.75% at the Company’s election. The remaining non-extended Term Loan continues to bear interest at Prime plus 0.25% or LIBOR plus 1.25% at the Company’s election. Interest on the Term Loan is due at the end of each calendar quarter with respect to Prime rate draws or at the maturity of each LIBOR draw (unless said draw is for a six-, nine-, or twelve-month period, then interest shall be paid quarterly). During fiscal 2011, the Term Loan due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $73 million at a weighted average interest rate of 1.56% and the Term Loan due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $860 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.06%. During fiscal 2010, the Term Loan due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $149 million at a weighted average interest rate of 1.54% and the Term Loan due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $869 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.11%.

The extended and non-extended portions of the Term Loan outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended, amortize in nominal quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan. Additionally, beginning in fiscal 2009, the Company is required to pay down the Term

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Loan in an amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow from the preceding fiscal year, as defined in the Term Loan agreement, such percentage is reduced to 0% upon the attainment of certain leverage ratio targets. Under the Excess Cash Flow provisions of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company is not required to repay a portion of the Term Loan during fiscal 2012 and was not required to repay a portion of the Term Loan during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2009.

The THD Guarantee was valued at $106 million at the issuance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility in August 2007 and was being amortized to interest expense over the original five-year life of the Term Loan on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method. As a result of the extension of the THD Guarantee on the extended Term Loan, the amortization period of a pro-rata portion of the unamortized THD Guarantee has also been extended, on a straight-line basis, until April 1, 2014. During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 the Company recorded amortization of the guarantee of $13 million, $14 million, and $21 million, respectively, which is reflected in Interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In connection with the $30 million prepayment of the non-extending portion of the Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company wrote-off the unamortized pro-rata portion of the THD Guarantee and the unamortized pro-rata portion of deferred debt costs, resulting in a pre-tax charge of $2 million in fiscal 2010. This charge is reflected in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Revolving Credit Facility is due August 30, 2013 and bears interest at Prime plus 3.0% or LIBOR plus 4.0% at the Company’s election. The Revolving Credit Facility also has a 0.5% unused commitment fee and a Letter of Credit fee of 4.0% per annum. There were no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of January 29, 2012 or January 30, 2011. During fiscal 2011, the Revolving Credit Facility had an average outstanding balance of zero. During fiscal 2010, the Revolving Credit Facility had an average outstanding balance of $125 million at a weighted average interest rate of 4.28%. As of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, there were no outstanding Letters of Credit under the Revolving Credit Facility. Interest on the Revolving Credit Facility is due at the end of each calendar quarter with respect to Prime rate draws or at the maturity of each LIBOR draw (unless said draw is for a six-, nine-, or twelve-month period, then interest shall be paid quarterly).

In addition to Home Depot’s guarantee of the Term Loan payments, the Senior Secured Credit Facility is further collateralized by all of the capital stock of HD Supply, Inc. and its subsidiary guarantors and by 65% of the capital stock of its foreign subsidiaries as well as by other tangible and intangible assets owned by the Company subject to the priority of liens described in the guarantee and collateral agreement dated as of August 30, 2007. The Senior Secured Credit Facility contains various restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness and dividend payments and stipulations regarding the use of proceeds from asset dispositions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is subject to an acceleration clause under an Event of Default, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facility agreement. Management believes the likelihood of such acceleration to be remote.

Asset Based Lending Credit Agreement

The Company maintains a $2.1 billion asset based lending credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Facility”) subject to borrowing base limitations. On March 19, 2010, the Company entered into the Limited Consent and Amendment No. 3 (the “ABL Amendment”) to its ABL Credit Facility, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, GE Business Financial Services Inc. (formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.), as administrative agent and collateral agent, GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as Canadian administrative agent and Canadian collateral agent, and the several lenders and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto. Pursuant to the ABL Amendment, the Company (i) converted approximately $214 million of commitments under the ABL Credit Facility into a term loan (the “ABL Term Loan”), (ii) extended the maturity date of approximately $1,537 million of the commitments under the ABL Credit Facility (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility”) from August 30, 2012 to the later of April 1, 2014 and the maturity date of the extended Term Loan under the Cash Flow Amendment, and (iii) reduced the total commitments under the ABL Credit Facility by approximately $45 million. The ABL Term Loan does not amortize and the entire principal amount thereof is due and payable on the later of April 1, 2014 and the maturity date of the extended Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended. The remaining approximately $304 million of commitments under the ABL Credit Facility mature on the original maturity date of such

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

commitments, i.e. August 30, 2012. The ABL Credit Facility can be repaid at any time without penalty or premium.

The ABL Amendment provided for a borrowing rate of Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum applicable to the ABL Term Loan and increased the borrowing margins applicable to the extended portion of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility, such that the extended ABL Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum at the Company’s election and contains an unused commitment fee of 0.75%. The non-extended ABL Revolving Credit Facility continues to bear interest at Prime plus 0.5% or LIBOR plus 1.5% per annum at the Company’s election and contain an unused commitment fee of 0.25%.

As of January 29, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 or the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014. During fiscal 2011, the ABL Term Loan had an average outstanding balance of $214 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.50%, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $12 million at a weighted average interest rate of 1.76%, and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $77 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.51%. During fiscal 2010, the ABL Term Loan had an average outstanding balance of $214 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.60%, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $59 million at a weighted average interest rate of 2.01%, and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $57 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.58%.

As of January 29, 2012, the Company had available borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility of $993 million, after giving effect to the borrowing base limitations and letters of credit issued and including $57 million of borrowings available on qualifying cash balances. The Company can use up to $400 million of its available borrowing under the ABL Credit Facility for Letters of Credit which are charged a fee of 1.5% per annum for amounts borrowed under the non-extended portion and 3.25% per annum for amounts borrowed under the extended portion. As of January 29, 2012, there were approximately $9 million and $57 million, respectively, of Letters of Credit outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 and April 1, 2014, respectively. As of January 30, 2011, there were approximately $11 million and $60 million, respectively, of Letters of Credit outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 and April 1, 2014, respectively.

The ABL Credit Facility contains various restrictive covenants including a limitation on the amount of dividends to be paid. In addition, if the Company’s availability under the ABL Credit Facility falls below $210 million (a “Liquidity Event”), the Company will be required to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.0:1.0, as defined in the ABL Credit Facility. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants. The ABL Credit Facility is collateralized by all of the capital stock of HD Supply, Inc. and its subsidiary guarantors and by 65% of the capital stock of its foreign subsidiaries as well as by other tangible and intangible assets owned by the Company subject to the priority of liens described in the guarantee and collateral agreement dated as of August 30, 2007. The ABL Credit Facility is subject to an acceleration clause in a Liquidity Event or an Event of Default, as defined in the ABL Credit Facility agreement. Under such acceleration, the administrative agent can direct payments from the Company’s depository accounts to directly pay down the outstanding balance under the ABL Credit Facility. Management believes the likelihood of such acceleration to be remote.

In connection with the Cash Flow Amendment and ABL Amendment, the Company incurred financing fees of approximately $34 million, of which approximately $31 million were deferred and are being amortized into interest expense over the term of the amended facilities in accordance with U.S. GAAP for debt modifications (ASC 470-50, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments). The non-deferred financing fees are reported in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Lehman Brothers and Woodlands Commercial Bank

Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (together “Lehman Brothers”) is committed to fund up to $95 million of the non-extended portion of the Company’s $2.1 billion ABL Credit Facility, maturing August 30, 2012, and Woodlands Commercial Bank (“Woodlands,” f/k/a Lehman Commercial Bank, an affiliate of Lehman Brothers) is committed to fund $100 million of the Company’s $300 million original availability under the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Lehman’s bankruptcy”). Subsequent to Lehman’s bankruptcy, the Company drew down on the ABL Credit Facility and Lehman Brothers failed to fund their portion of the ABL Credit Facility commitment. Lehman is currently in the process of emerging from bankruptcy and is expected to cure their default on the ABL Credit Facility commitment. As of January 29, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility from Lehman Brothers.

On April 21, 2011, the Company drew down the entire $300 million Revolving Credit Facility and Woodlands failed to fund their $100 million Revolving Credit Facility commitment. The following day, the Company repaid the entire Revolving Credit Facility balance. As a result of Woodlands’ default, the Company no longer pays the 0.5% unused commitment fee on Woodlands’ $100 million Revolving Credit Facility commitment and the Revolving Credit Facility is effectively reduced to $200 million.

12.0% Senior Notes

On August 30, 2007, the Company issued $2.5 billion of Senior Notes bearing interest at a rate of 12.0% (the “12.0% Senior Notes”). Interest payments are due each March 1st and September 1st through maturity. The 12.0% Senior Notes mature on September 1, 2014 and can be redeemed by the Company as follows:

 

Redemption Period    Redemption Price

September 1, 2011 – August 31, 2012

   106% plus accrued interest

September 1, 2012 – August 31, 2013

   103% plus accrued interest

September 1, 2013 – Thereafter          

   100% plus accrued interest

The 12.0% Senior Notes contain various restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness and dividend payments and stipulations regarding the use of proceeds from asset dispositions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants.

13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes

On August 30, 2007, the Company issued $1.3 billion of Senior Subordinated PIK Notes bearing interest at a rate of 13.5% (the “13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes”). Interest payments are due each March 1st and September 1st through maturity except that the first eight payment periods through September 2011 were payments in kind (“PIK”) and therefore increased the balance of the outstanding indebtedness rather than paid in cash. During fiscal 2009, the Company repurchased $252 million principal amount, plus accrued interest of $15 million, of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes for $62 million. As a result, we recognized a $200 million pre-tax gain for the extinguishment of this portion of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, net of the write-off of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. As a result of PIK interest capitalizations and the extinguishment of a portion of the principal, as of January 29, 2012, the outstanding principal balance of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes was $1.8 billion. The 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes mature on September 1, 2015 and can be redeemed by the Company as follows:

 

Redemption Period    Redemption Price

September 1, 2011 – August 31, 2012

   106.75% plus accrued interest

September 1, 2012 – August 31, 2013

   103.375% plus accrued interest

September 1, 2013 – Thereafter          

   100% plus accrued interest

The 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes contain various restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness and dividend payments and stipulations regarding the use of proceeds from asset dispositions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants.

The 12.0% Senior Notes and the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes are both fully and unconditionally guaranteed by our direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. These guarantees can automatically be released under customary circumstances, including the sale of the assets of the subsidiary providing the guarantee. See the section titled “Description of Notes” of our Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on July 27, 2009 for a detailed description of our outstanding notes, including a discussion of each of the circumstances under which subsidiary guarantees may be released.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Interest rate swaps

We maintained interest rate swap agreements to exchange fixed and variable rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. At execution, our swaps committed us to pay fixed interest and receive variable interest, effectively converting $400 million of floating-rate debt to fixed rate debt. Swaps with a combined $200 million notional value matured on January 31, 2010. The remaining swaps with a combined $200 million notional value matured on January 31, 2011, the first day of fiscal 2011.

The following table summarizes the weighted average rates and notional amounts of these agreements for the periods presented.

 

     Fiscal 2011      Fiscal 2010      Fiscal 2009  

Weighted average notional value outstanding (millions)

     –           $200             $400       

Weighted average fixed rate paid

     –           3.9%         3.8%   

Weighted average floating rate received

     –           0.3%         0.3%   

Commodity and interest rate risk

Commodity risk

We are aware of the potentially unfavorable effects inflationary pressures may create through higher asset replacement costs and related depreciation, higher interest rates and higher material costs. In addition, our operating performance is affected by price fluctuations in the commodity-based products that we purchase and sell, which contain commodities such as steel, copper, aluminum, PVC, petroleum and other commodities. We are also exposed to fluctuations in petroleum costs as we deliver a substantial portion of the products we sell by truck. We seek to minimize the effects of inflation and changing prices through economies of purchasing and inventory management resulting in cost reductions and productivity improvements as well as price increases to maintain reasonable gross margins.

As discussed above, our results of operations were favorably or negatively impacted by fluctuating commodity prices based on our ability or inability to pass increases in the prices of certain commodity-based products to our customers. Such commodity price fluctuations have from time to time produced volatility in our financial performance and could continue to do so in the future.

Interest rate risk related to debt

We are subject to interest rate risk associated with our Senior Secured Credit Facility and our ABL Credit Facility.

As of January 29, 2012, the Senior Secured Credit Facility was comprised of the following:

 

   

A Term Loan due August 30, 2012 that bears interest at Prime plus 0.25% or LIBOR plus 1.25% at the Company’s election. As of January 29, 2012, $73 million was outstanding at an interest rate of 1.53%.

 

   

A Term Loan due April 1, 2014 that bears interest at Prime plus 1.75% or LIBOR plus 2.75% at the Company’s election. As of January 29, 2012, $855 million was outstanding at an interest rate of 3.03%.

 

   

A $200 million Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2013 that bears interest at Prime plus 3.0% or LIBOR plus 4.0% at the Company’s election. As of January 29, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding.

As of January 29, 2012, the ABL Credit Facility was comprised of the following:

 

   

An ABL Term Loan due April 1, 2014 that bears interest at Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum at the Company’s election. As of January 29, 2012, $214 million was outstanding at a weighted average interest rate of 3.56%.

 

   

A $304 million ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 that bears interest at Prime plus 0.5% or LIBOR plus 1.5% per annum at the Company’s election. As of January 29, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding.

 

   

A $1.5 billion ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014 that bears interest at Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum at the Company’s election. As of January 29, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

While changes in interest rates impact the fair value of the fixed rate debt, there is no impact to earnings and cash flow. Alternatively, while changes in interest rates do not affect the fair value of our variable-interest rate debt, they do affect future earnings and cash flows. A 1% increase in interest rates on our variable-rate debt would increase our annual forecasted interest expense by approximately $11 million (based on our borrowings on our credit facilities as of January 29, 2012).

Off-balance sheet arrangements

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, operating leases for a portion of our real estate and other assets are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Contractual obligations

The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations as of January 29, 2012 and the periods in which payments are due (amounts in millions):

 

            Payments due by period  
     Total     

Fiscal

2012

     Fiscal
2013-2014
     Fiscal
2015-2016
     Fiscal years
after 2016
 

Long-term debt

     $  5,462         $       82         $  3,560         $  1,820         $    –   

Interest on long-term debt(1)

     1,987         595         1,146         246           

Operating leases

     482         126         180         90         86   

Purchase obligations (2)

     701         701                           
  

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations (3)

     $  8,632         $  1,504         $  4,886         $  2,156         $  86   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The interest on long-term debt includes payments for agent administration fees.

 

(2) Purchase obligations include various commitments with vendors to purchase goods and services, primarily inventory. These purchase obligations are generally cancelable, but the Company has no intent to cancel.

 

(3) The contractual obligations table excludes $214 million of unrecognized tax benefits due to uncertainty regarding the timing of future cash payments, if any, related to the liabilities recorded in accordance with the U.S. GAAP guidance for uncertain tax positions.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements – In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU 2009-13”). This ASU addresses how to separate deliverables under multiple-deliverable arrangements and how to measure and allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of accounting. In addition, ASU 2009-13 expands the disclosures related to a company’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13 on January 31, 2011. The adoption did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

Fair value measurement – In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). The amendments in this ASU are intended to improve the comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments in this ASU explain how to measure fair value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments in this ASU are to be applied prospectively and are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-04 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Comprehensive income – In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”), to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and to facilitate convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present total other comprehensive income, the components of other comprehensive income, and the total of comprehensive income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” (“ASU 2011-12”), which deferred the requirement to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income while the FASB further deliberates this aspect of the proposal. The amendments contained in ASU 2011-05 do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-05, as amended by ASU 2011-12, will not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. However, adopting the guidance will affect the presentation of components of comprehensive income by eliminating the historical practice of showing these items within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

Goodwill impairment testing – In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”), which simplifies how entities test goodwill for impairment and permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, although early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 will not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Critical accounting policies

Our critical accounting policies include:

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price to the buyer is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We ship products to customers predominantly by internal fleet and to a lesser extent by third party carriers. Revenues, net of sales tax and allowances for returns and discounts, are recognized from product sales when title to the products is passed to the customer, which generally occurs at the point of destination for products shipped by internal fleet and at the point of shipping for products shipped by third party carriers.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on numerous factors, including past transaction history with customers, their credit worthiness and an assessment of our lien and bond rights. Initially, we estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of aged receivables. This estimate is periodically adjusted when we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filing) or as a result of changes in our historical collection patterns. While we have a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, a slowdown in the markets in which we operate may result in higher than expected uncollectible accounts, and therefore, the need to revise estimates for bad debts. To the extent historical credit experience is not indicative of future performance or other assumptions used by management do not prevail, the allowance for doubtful accounts could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future provisions for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of substantially all of our inventories is determined by the moving or weighted average cost method. We evaluate our inventory value at the end of each quarter to ensure that it is carried at the lower of cost or market. This evaluation includes an analysis of historical physical inventory results, a review of potential excess and obsolete inventories based on inventory aging and anticipated future demand. Periodically, each branch’s perpetual inventory records are adjusted to reflect any declines in net realizable value below inventory carrying cost. To the extent historical physical inventory results are not indicative of future results and if future events impact, either favorably or unfavorably, the saleability of our

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

products or our relationship with certain key vendors, our inventory reserves could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future inventory provisions.

Consideration received from vendors

At the beginning of each calendar year, we enter into agreements with many of our vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates (“vendor rebates”) upon achievement of specified volume purchasing levels. We accrue the receipt of vendor rebates as part of our cost of sales for products sold based on progress towards earning the vendor rebates, taking into consideration cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected purchases through the end of the year. An estimate of unearned vendor rebates is included in the carrying value of inventory at each period end for vendor rebates to be received on products not yet sold. While we believe we will continue to receive consideration from vendors in fiscal 2012 and thereafter, there can be no assurance that vendors will continue to provide comparable amounts of vendor rebates in the future.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. To analyze recoverability, we project undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining life of the asset. If these projected cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized based on the fair value of the asset less any costs of disposition. Our judgment regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on market and operational performance. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that assets are impaired. Evaluating the impairment also requires us to estimate future operating results and cash flows that require judgment by management. If different estimates were used, the amount and timing of asset impairments could be affected.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions. Accounting Standards Codification 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, requires entities to periodically assess the carrying value of goodwill by reviewing the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis, as defined by ASC 350. We assess the recoverability of goodwill in the third quarter of each fiscal year. We also use judgment in assessing whether we need to test goodwill more frequently for impairment than annually given factors such as unexpected adverse economic conditions, competition, product changes and other external events. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit that contains goodwill exceeds fair value, a possible impairment would be indicated.

We determine the fair value of a reporting unit using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis and a market comparable method, with each method being equally weighted in the calculation.

Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market comparable approach. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on the Company’s most recent long-range forecast and, for years beyond the forecast, the Company’s estimates, which are based on estimated exit multiples ranging from six to seven times the final forecasted year earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The discount rates used in the DCF analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units and range from 13% to 17%. For the market comparable approach, the Company evaluated comparable company public trading values, using earnings multiples and sales multiples that are used to value the reporting units.

There was no indication of impairment in any of the Company’s reporting units during either the fiscal 2011 or the fiscal 2010 annual testing and accordingly, the second step of the goodwill impairment analysis was not performed. At the time of our fiscal 2011 annual testing, the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value by the following percentages: 17% for Waterworks, 50% for Facilities Maintenance, 68% for White Cap, 32% for Utilities, 4% for Crown Bolt, 24% for Repair & Remodel, and 166% for Electrical.

During fiscal 2009, as a result of our goodwill impairment testing, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $224 million.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED

  HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The Company’s discounted cash flow model is based on HD Supply’s expectation of future market conditions for each of the reporting units, as well as discount rates that would be used by market participants in an arms-length transaction. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that market conditions have declined or discount rates have increased to the extent that the Company’s goodwill could be further impaired. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are determined under the liability method as required by ASC 740, Income Taxes. Income tax expense or benefit is based on pre-tax financial accounting income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. This measurement is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance based on the amount of tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not “more likely than not” to be realized. The Company recorded a valuation allowance related to its U.S. continuing operations of $243 million, $217 million, and $7 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, as it believes it is “more likely than not” all of the U.S. deferred income tax assets will not be realized. In addition, the Company recorded a valuation allowance related to its U.S. discontinued operations of $9 million and $13 million for fiscal 2011 and 2010 respectively.

The Company follows the U.S. GAAP guidance for uncertain tax positions within ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 provides guidance related to the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The standard prescribes the minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure. Initial recognition, derecognition and measurement is based on management’s judgment given the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. If these judgments are not accurate then future income tax expense or benefit could be different.

Self-insurance

We have a high deductible insurance program for most losses related to general liability, product liability, environmental liability, automobile liability, workers’ compensation, and we are self-insured for medical claims and certain legal claims. The expected ultimate cost for claims incurred as of the balance sheet date is not discounted and is recognized as a liability. Self-insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported are accrued based upon estimates of the aggregate liability for uninsured claims using loss development factors and actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry and historical loss development experience.

To the extent the projected future development of the losses resulting from environmental, workers’ compensation, automobile, general and product liability claims incurred as of January 29, 2012 differs from the actual development of such losses in future periods, our insurance reserves could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future insurance expense.

Management estimates

Management believes the assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our combined financial statements are appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used in estimating amounts reflected in our combined financial statements, the resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on our combined results of operations, and in certain situations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this Item is included under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the caption “Commodity and interest rate risk.”

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to financial statements

 

       Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   60

Consolidated statements of operations for (i) the fiscal year ended January  29, 2012, (ii) the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, and (iii) the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010

   61

Consolidated balance sheets as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011

   62

Consolidated statements of stockholder’s equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) for (i) the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, (ii) the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, and (iii) the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010

   63

Consolidated statements of cash flows for (i) the fiscal year ended January  29, 2012, (ii) the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, and (iii) the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010

   64

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   65

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To The Board of Directors and Shareholder of HD Supply, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HD Supply, Inc. and its subsidiaries at January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 29, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(c) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (signed)

Atlanta, Georgia

March 23, 2012

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HD SUPPLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Amounts in millions

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
       January 29,  
2012
       January 30,  
2011
       January 31,  
2010
 

Net Sales

           $ 7,724                     $ 7,015                     $ 6,947       

Cost of sales

     5,545             5,046             5,049       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     2,179             1,969             1,898       

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     1,636             1,537             1,540       

Depreciation and amortization

     344             358             376       

Restructuring

     –             8             21       

Goodwill impairment

     –             –             224       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,980             1,903             2,161       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

     199             66             (263)      

Interest expense

     639             623             602       

Other (income) expense, net

     –             (1)            (208)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

     (440)            (556)            (657)      

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     79             28             (188)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

     (519)            (584)            (469)      

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (24)            (35)            (45)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

           $ (543)                    $ (619)                    $ (514)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HD SUPPLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Amounts in millions, except share data

 

       January 29,  
2012
       January 30,  
2011
 

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

           $ 111                   $ 292       

Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $32 and $36

     1,002             907       

Inventories

     1,108             1,035       

Deferred tax asset

     58             102       

Other current assets

     47             45       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,326             2,381       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     398             390       

Goodwill

     3,151             3,150       

Intangible assets, net

     735             992       

Other assets

     128             176       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

           $ 6,738                   $ 7,089       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT)

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

           $ 714                   $ 805       

Accrued compensation and benefits

     140             118       

Current installments of long-term debt

     82             10       

Other current liabilities

     378             272       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,314             1,205       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

     5,380             5,239       

Deferred tax liabilities

     111             101       

Other liabilities

     361             448       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,166             6,993       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity (deficit):

     

Common stock, par value $0.01; authorized 1,000 shares; issued 1,000 shares at January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011

                  –       

Paid-in capital

     2,680             2,660       

Accumulated deficit

     (3,106)            (2,563)      

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2)            (1)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)

     (428)            96       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders equity (deficit)

           $ 6,738                   $ 7,089       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HD SUPPLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Amounts in millions

 

     Common  
Stock  
     Paid-in  
Capital  
     Accumulated  
Deficit  
     Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive  
Income (Loss)  
     Total  
Equity  
 
  

 

 

 

Balance at February 1, 2009

         $  –           $  2,625           $  (1,418)                  $  (32)          $  1,175       
  

 

 

 

Net loss

           (514)               (514)      

Other comprehensive income (loss):

              

Unrealized gains on derivatives, net of tax of $(1)

              2             2       

Foreign currency translation adjustment

              19             19       
              

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

                 (493)      

Stock-based compensation

        18                   18       

Change in fiscal year end of subsidiary

           (13)               (13)      

Other

           1                1       
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 31, 2010

         $ –           $ 2,643           $ (1,944)                  $ (11)          $ 688       
  

 

 

 

Equity contribution

        1                   1       

Net loss

           (619)               (619)      

Other comprehensive income (loss):

              

Unrealized gains on derivatives, net of tax of $(1)

              1             1       

Foreign currency translation adjustment

              9             9       
              

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

                 (609)      

Stock-based compensation

        17                   17       

Other

        (1)                  (1)      
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 30, 2011

         $ –           $ 2,660           $ (2,563)                  $ (1)          $ 96       
  

 

 

 

Net loss

           (543)               (543)      

Other comprehensive income (loss):

              

Foreign currency translation adjustment

              (1)            (1)      
              

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

                 (544)      

Stock-based compensation

        20                   20       
  

 

 

 

Balance at January 29, 2012

         $ –           $ 2,680           $ (3,106)                  $ (2)          $ (428)      
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HD SUPPLY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Amounts in millions

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
       January 29,  
2012
       January 30,  
2011
       January 31,  
2010
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income (loss)

               $ (543)                  $ (619)                  $ (514)      

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     350             369             392       

Provision for uncollectibles

     13             12             23       

Non-cash interest expense

     183             259             239       

Stock-based compensation expense

     20             17             18       

Deferred income taxes

     76             20             (221)      

Unrealized derivative (gain) loss

     (1)            (6)            (11)      

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

     –             2             (200)      

Goodwill and other asset impairments

     8             1             256       

Gain on sale of businesses

     (9)            –             –       

Other

     (1)            2             2       

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:

        

(Increase) decrease in receivables

     (170)            (61)            221       

(Increase) decrease in inventories

     (149)            2             186       

(Increase) decrease in other current assets

     (3)            231             147       

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     –             1             1       

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     58             312             (481)      

Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities

     3             9             11       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (165)            551             69       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Capital expenditures

     (115)            (49)            (58)      

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     4             4             8       

Refunds (payments) for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired

     (21)            –             6       

Proceeds from sales of businesses

     128             –             3       

Purchase of investments

     (23)            –             –       

Proceeds from sale of investments

     21             –             –       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (6)            (45)            (41)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Equity contribution

     –             1             –       

Repayments of long-term debt

     (10)            (40)            (72)      

Borrowings on long-term revolver debt

     1,053             178             5       

Repayments on long-term revolver debt

     (1,053)            (860)            (196)      

Debt modification and issuance costs

     –             (34)            –       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (10)            (755)            (263)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     –             2             3       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (181)            (247)            (232)      

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     292             539             771       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

               $ 111                   $ 292                   $ 539       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

HD SUPPLY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

HD Supply, Inc. (the “Company” or “HD Supply”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (“Holding”), is one of the largest industrial distribution companies in North America. With a diverse portfolio of industry-leading businesses, the Company provides a broad range of products and services to approximately 450,000 professional customers in the infrastructure and energy, maintenance, repair and improvement, and specialty construction markets.

The Company provides an expansive offering of approximately one million stock-keeping units (“SKUs”) of quality, name-brand and propriety-brand products at competitive prices. Through 679 locations across 45 states and 9 Canadian provinces, HD Supply provides localized, customer-driven services including jobsite delivery, will call or direct-ship options, diversified logistics and innovative solutions that contribute to its customers’ success.

HD Supply is managed primarily on a product line basis and reports results of operations in four reportable segments. The reportable segments are Facilities Maintenance, Waterworks, Utilities/Electrical, and White Cap. Other operating segments include Industrial Pipe, Valves and Fittings (“IPVF”), Crown Bolt, Repair & Remodel, Creative Touch Interiors (“CTI”), and HD Supply Canada. In addition, the consolidated financial statements include Corporate, which includes enterprise-wide functional departments.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of HD Supply, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated. Results of operations of companies acquired are included from their respective dates of acquisition. The assets, liabilities, and results of operations of all discontinued operations have been separately reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Certain amounts in prior-period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.

Prior to February 2, 2009, CTI’s results were reported using a December year-end and therefore were consolidated one month in arrears into the consolidated financial statements of HD Supply, Inc. Effective February 2, 2009, CTI’s results are being consolidated on a January fiscal year-end, eliminating the lag period. The effect of eliminating the lag period for CTI’s results of operations was recorded directly to beginning Accumulated Deficit in the Statement of Stockholders’ Equity as of February 2, 2009.

Fiscal Year

HD Supply’s fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Sunday nearest to January 31. Fiscal years ended January 29, 2012 (“fiscal 2011”), January 30, 2011 (“fiscal 2010”), and January 31, 2010 (“fiscal 2009”) all include 52 weeks.

Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses in preparing these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

HD Supply considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are evaluated for collectability based on numerous factors, including past transaction history with customers, their credit worthiness, and an assessment of lien and bond rights. An allowance for doubtful

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

accounts is estimated as a percentage of aged receivables. This estimate is periodically adjusted when management becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filing) or as a result of changes in historical collection patterns.

Inventories

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of substantially all inventories is determined by the moving or weighted average cost method. Inventory value is evaluated at each balance sheet date to ensure that it is carried at the lower of cost or market. This evaluation includes an analysis of historical physical inventory results, a review of excess and obsolete inventories based on inventory aging, and anticipated future demand. Periodically, perpetual inventory records are adjusted to reflect declines in net realizable value below inventory carrying cost.

Consideration Received From Vendors

At the beginning of each calendar year, HD Supply enters into agreements with many of its vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates (“vendor rebates”) upon achievement of specified volume purchasing levels. Vendor rebates are accrued as part of cost of sales for products sold based on progress towards earning the vendor rebates, taking into consideration cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected purchases through the end of the year. An estimate of unearned vendor rebates is included in the carrying value of inventory at each period end for vendor rebates recognized on products not yet sold. At January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, vendor rebates due to HD Supply were $71 million and $60 million, respectively. These receivables are included in Receivables in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

Buildings and improvements

   5 – 45 years

Transportation equipment

   5 – 7 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   2 –10 years

Capitalized Software Costs

HD Supply capitalizes certain software costs, which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, ranging from three to six years. At January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, capitalized software costs totaled $71 million and $85 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $114 million and $92 million, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs totaled $29 million, $31 million, and $30 million, in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired. HD Supply does not amortize goodwill, but does assess the recoverability of goodwill in the third quarter of each fiscal year or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit has dropped below its carrying value. For the fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 annual impairment tests, the fair values of HD Supply’s identified reporting units were estimated using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis and a market comparable method, with each method being equally weighted in the calculation. There was no indication of impairment in any of the Company’s reporting units during either the fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010 annual testing. HD Supply recorded $224 million in non-cash goodwill impairment charges during fiscal 2009. See Note 5, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for a complete description of the Company’s goodwill.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. To analyze recoverability, undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining life of the asset are projected. If these projected cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the fair value of the asset less any costs of disposition is less than the carrying amount of the asset. Judgments regarding the existence of

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

impairment indicators are based on market and operational performance. Evaluating potential impairment also requires estimates of future operating results and cash flows.

Self-Insurance

HD Supply has a high deductible insurance program for most losses related to general liability, product liability, environmental liability, automobile liability, workers’ compensation, and is self-insured for medical claims and certain legal claims. The expected ultimate cost for claims incurred as of the balance sheet date is not discounted and is recognized as a liability. Self-insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported are accrued based upon estimates of the aggregate liability for uninsured claims using loss development factors and actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry and historical loss development experience. At both January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, reserves totaled approximately $101 million.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, accrued compensation and benefits and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The Company’s long-term financial assets and liabilities are recorded at historical costs. See Note 8, Fair Value Measurements, for information on the fair value of long-term financial instruments.

Revenue Recognition

HD Supply recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price to the buyer is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

HD Supply ships products to customers predominantly by internal fleet and to a lesser extent by third party carriers. Revenues, net of sales tax and allowances for returns and discounts, are recognized from product sales when title to the products is passed to the customer, which generally occurs at the point of destination for products shipped by internal fleet and at the point of shipping for products shipped by third party carriers. Revenues related to services are recognized in the period the services are performed and totaled $74 million, $57 million, and $56 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

HD Supply includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in Net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are capitalized to inventories and relieved through Cost of sales as inventories are sold. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $101 million, $96 million, and $89 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The majority of HD Supply’s sales are credit sales which are made primarily to customers whose ability to pay is dependent, in part, upon the economic strength of the construction industry in the areas where they operate. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is limited by the large number of customers comprising HD Supply’s customer base. HD Supply performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers.

Leases

Leases are reviewed for capital or operating classification at their inception under the guidance of Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC “) 840, Leases. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate in the assessment of lease classification and assumes the initial lease term includes renewal options that are reasonably assured. HD Supply conducts operations primarily under operating leases. For leases classified as operating leases, the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis, over the lease term beginning with the date the Company has access to the property which in some cases is prior to commencement of lease payments. Accordingly, the amount of rental expense recognized in excess of lease payments is recorded as a deferred rent liability and is amortized to rental expense over the remaining term of the lease. Capital leases currently in effect are not material.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred except for the costs of producing and distributing certain direct response sales catalogs, which are capitalized and charged to expense over the life of the related catalog. Advertising expenses were approximately $24 million, $22 million, and $21 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. Capitalized advertising costs related to direct response advertising were not material.

Income Taxes

The Company provides for federal, state and foreign income taxes currently payable, as well as for those deferred due to temporary differences between reporting income and expenses for financial statement purposes versus tax purposes. Federal, state and foreign tax benefits are recorded as a reduction of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in income tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company consists of corporations, limited liability companies and partnerships. All income tax expense (benefit) of the Company is recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations with the offset recorded through the Company’s current tax accounts, deferred tax accounts, or stockholder’s equity account as appropriate.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes Net income (loss) adjusted for certain revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are excluded from net income under U.S. GAAP. Adjustments to net income are for foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, to the extent they are accounted for as an effective hedge under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries with a functional currency of Canadian dollars are translated into U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange on the last day of the reporting period. Revenues and expenses are translated at a monthly average exchange rate and equity transactions are translated using either the actual exchange rate on the day of the transaction or a monthly average exchange rate.

Derivative Financial Instruments

When the Company enters into derivative financial instruments, it is for hedging purposes. In hedging the exposure to variable cash flows on forecasted transactions, deferral accounting is applied when the derivative reduces the risk of the underlying hedged item effectively as a result of high inverse correlation with the value of the underlying exposure. If a derivative instrument either initially fails or later ceases to meet the criteria for deferral accounting, any subsequent gains or losses are recognized currently in income. Cash flows resulting from derivative financial instruments are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

Stock-Based Compensation

HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (“Holding”) established an Incentive Stock Plan (the “HDS Plan”) for associates of HD Supply, a wholly-owned subsidiary. The HDS Plan provides for the award of non-qualified stock options and deferred share units of the common stock of Holding. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the HDS Plan may not exceed 55.6 million, of which a maximum of 30.9 million shares may be issued in respect of options granted under the HDS Plan. Holding will issue new shares of common stock to satisfy options exercised. The HDS Plan is accounted for under ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which requires the recognition of share-based compensation costs in the financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements – In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU 2009-13”). This ASU addresses how to separate

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

deliverables under multiple-deliverable arrangements and how to measure and allocate arrangement consideration to one or more units of accounting. In addition, ASU 2009-13 expands the disclosures related to a company’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2009-13 on January 31, 2011. The adoption did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

Fair value measurement – In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). The amendments in this ASU are intended to improve the comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments in this ASU explain how to measure fair value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments in this ASU are to be applied prospectively and are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-04 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Comprehensive income – In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”), to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and to facilitate convergence of U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present total other comprehensive income, the components of other comprehensive income, and the total of comprehensive income. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” (“ASU 2011-12”), which deferred the requirement to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income while the FASB further deliberates this aspect of the proposal. The amendments contained in ASU 2011-05 do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. For public entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2011-05, as amended by ASU 2011-12, will not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. However, adopting the guidance will affect the presentation of components of comprehensive income by eliminating the historical practice of showing these items within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity.

Goodwill impairment testing – In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”), which simplifies how entities test goodwill for impairment and permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, although early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 will not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 2 — ACQUISITIONS

HD Supply enters into strategic acquisitions to expand into new markets, new platforms, and new geographies in an effort to better service existing customers and attract new ones. In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting under ASC 805, Business Combinations, the results of the acquisitions completed by HD Supply are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition forward.

On May 2, 2011, the Company closed on a transaction to acquire substantially all of the assets of Rexford Albany Municipal Supply Company, Inc. (“RAMSCO”) for approximately $21 million. RAMSCO specializes in distributing water, sanitary and storm sewer materials primarily to municipalities and contractors through four locations in upstate New York. These locations are operated as part of the HD Supply Waterworks business.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

On June 1, 2009, HD Supply acquired substantially all of the assets of ORCO Construction Supply, a former competitor of the White Cap business, out of bankruptcy, for approximately $16 million. The total estimated fair value of the net assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed, at the date of the acquisition was $18 million, resulting in a $2 million bargain purchase gain, which is included in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 3—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On September 9, 2011, the Company sold all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in its Plumbing/HVAC (“Plumbing”) business to Hajoca Corporation. The Company received cash proceeds of approximately $116 million, net of $8 million remaining in escrow and $4 million of transaction costs. As a result of the sale, the Company recorded a $7 million pre-tax gain in fiscal 2011.

On February 28, 2011, HD Supply Canada sold substantially all of the assets of SESCO/QUESCO (“SESCO”), an electrical products division of HD Supply Canada, to Sonepar Canada, and received proceeds of approximately $11 million, less $1 million remaining in escrow. As a result of the sale, the Company recorded a $2 million pre-tax gain in fiscal 2011.

On February 3, 2008, the Company sold all of its interests in its Lumber and Building Materials (“LBM”) operations to ProBuild Holdings for approximately $105 million.

Summary Financial Information

In accordance with ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations, the results of the Plumbing/HVAC and SESCO/QUESCO operations and the gain on sale of the businesses are classified as discontinued operations. The presentation of discontinued operations includes revenues and expenses of the discontinued operations and gain on the sale of businesses, net of tax, as one line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. All prior period Consolidated Statements of Operations presented have been restated to reflect this presentation. The following tables provide additional detail related to the results of operations of the discontinued operations (amounts in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2011  
         Plumbing      SESCO      LBM      Total      
  

 

 

 

Net sales

     $   270          $  3         $    –          $  273     

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

             2         –          9     

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (17)                 (7)         (24)    

Provision for income taxes

     –                   –          –      
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     $  (17)         $  –         $  (7)         $  (24)    
  

 

 

 
     Fiscal 2010  
         Plumbing      SESCO      LBM      Total      
  

 

 

 

Net sales

     $  410          $  53         $  –         $463       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (35)                         (35)      

Provision for income taxes

     –                          –        
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     $  (35)         $    –         $  –         $(35)      
  

 

 

 
     Fiscal 2009  
         Plumbing      SESCO      LBM      Total      
  

 

 

 

Net sales

     $  434          $  37         $    –          $  471       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (58)                 (15)         (73)      

Provision for income taxes

     (22)                 (6)         (28)      
  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     $  (36)         $   –         $  (9)         $  (45)      
  

 

 

 

As a condition of the Plumbing/HVAC and LBM sale agreements, HD Supply retained certain owned and leased facilities that have been shut down. The Company is actively marketing the owned properties for sale. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2009, due to continued deterioration in the commercial real estate markets, the Company

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

recognized $2 million and $8 million, respectively, in pre-tax impairment charges for the decline in fair value of these facilities. In addition, the net present value of on-going lease liabilities and other occupancy costs, net of expected sublease income, have been accrued and are presented as Other current liabilities and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company regularly reviews the assumptions used to estimate the net present value of these lease liabilities. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2009, as a result of continued deterioration in the commercial real estate markets, the Company recognized $8 million and $7 million, respectively, in pre-tax charges to increase these liabilities, primarily due to expected sublease income differing from the original assumptions.

NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTIES

On August 30, 2007, investment funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., The Carlyle Group and Bain Capital Partners, LLC (collectively the “Equity Sponsors”) formed Holding and entered into a stock purchase agreement with The Home Depot, Inc. (“Home Depot” or “THD”) pursuant to which Home Depot agreed to sell to Holding or to a wholly owned subsidiary of Holding certain intellectual properties and all the outstanding common stock of HD Supply, Inc. and the Canadian subsidiary CND Holdings, Inc. On August 30, 2007, through a series of transactions, Holding’s direct wholly owned subsidiary, HDS Holding Corporation, acquired direct control of HD Supply through the merger of its wholly owned subsidiary, HDS Acquisition Corp., with and into HD Supply, Inc. and the Canadian subsidiary CND Holdings, Inc. Through these transactions (the “Transactions”), Home Depot was paid cash of $8.2 billion and 12.5% of Holding’s common stock worth $325 million for certain intellectual property and all of the outstanding common stock of HD Supply, Inc. and CND Holdings, Inc. including all dividends and interest payable associated with those shares. During fiscal 2009, HD Supply, Inc. and the Canadian subsidiary CND Holdings, Inc. received $22 million from Home Depot for the working capital adjustment and settlement of other items finalizing the purchase price of the Transactions.

Home Depot

Sales and Purchases — HD Supply derived revenue from the sale of products to Home Depot of $275 million, $299 million, and $290 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. The revenue was recorded at an amount that generally approximates fair value. Accounts receivable from the sale of products to Home Depot were $45 million and $27 million at January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, respectively, and are included within Receivables in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition to sales, HD Supply purchased product from Home Depot of less than $1 million in each of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009. All purchases were recorded in Cost of sales when the inventory was sold.

Strategic Agreement — On the date of the Transactions, Home Depot entered into a strategic purchase agreement with Crown Bolt, HD Supply’s distribution services line of business. This agreement provides a guaranteed revenue stream to Crown Bolt through January 31, 2015 by specifying minimum annual purchase requirements from Home Depot. The minimum annual purchase requirements range from $257 million at the outset of the agreement in 2007 to $401 million in the final year. Crown Bolt recorded $20 million and $12 million during fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, in Net sales in accordance with the minimum purchase requirement provisions of this strategic purchase agreement.

Equity Sponsors

In conjunction with the closing of the Transactions, the Company entered into a management agreement whereby the Company will pay the Equity Sponsors a $5 million annual aggregate management fee (“Sponsor Management Fee”) and related expenses through August 2017. During each of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, the Company recorded $5 million of Sponsor Management Fees and related expenses, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Management of the Company has been informed that, as of January 29, 2012, affiliates of certain of the Equity Sponsors beneficially owned approximately $833 million aggregate principal amount, or 33%, of the Company’s 12.0% Senior Notes due 2014 and $713 million aggregate principal amount, or 39%, of the Company’s 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.

HD Supply purchased product from affiliates of the Equity Sponsors for approximately $61 million, $46 million, and $60 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. In addition, HD Supply sold product to affiliates of the Equity Sponsors for approximately $3 million, $3 million, and $3 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010,

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

and fiscal 2009, respectively. Management believes these transactions were conducted at prices that an unrelated third party would pay.

Other Related Parties

HD Supply leases several buildings and properties from an executive officer of the Company. The leases generally provide that all expenses related to the properties are to be paid by HD Supply. Rents paid under these leases were minimal in fiscal 2011, less than $1 million in fiscal 2010, and $1 million in fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2010 payment included less than $1 million of a prepayment for fiscal 2011 and the fiscal 2009 payment included less than $1 million of a prepayment for fiscal 2010. The Company received a discount for making such prepayments.

NOTE 5 — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The carrying amount of goodwill by reporting unit as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 is as follows (amounts in millions):

 

     January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011  
     Gross
  Goodwill  
     Accumulated
  Impairments  
     Net
  Goodwill  
     Gross
  Goodwill  
     Accumulated
  Impairments  
     Net
  Goodwill  
 

Waterworks

     $  1,867           $  (815)         $1,052           $  1,855           $  (815)         $  1,040     

Facilities Maintenance

     1,474           –               1,474           1,474           –           1,474     

White Cap

     183           (74)             109           183           (74)         109     

Utilities

     285           (99)             186           296           (99)         197     

Crown Bolt

     215           –               215           215           –           215     

Repair & Remodel

     125           (30)             95           125           (30)         95     

Electrical

     20           –               20           20           –           20     

IPVF

     82           (82)             –           82           (82)         –     

CTI

     67           (67)             –           67           (67)         –     

Plumbing

     –           –               –           111           (111)         –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill

     $  4,318           $  (1,167)           $  3,151           $  4,428           $  (1,278)         $  3,150     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired. HD Supply does not amortize goodwill, but does assess the recoverability of goodwill in the third quarter of each fiscal year. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, an interim impairment test would be performed between annual tests. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level. There are nine reporting units within the Company to which goodwill was originally assigned, excluding the Plumbing/HVAC business, which was divested in the third quarter of fiscal 2011.

Under U.S. GAAP (ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other), goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.

The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excess of the fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill in the “pro forma” business combination accounting as described above, exceeds the goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted under U.S. GAAP.

HD Supply performed the annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of fiscal 2011 for the seven reporting units with goodwill balances (goodwill balances at two reporting units were zero prior to the

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

annual testing). The Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis and a market comparable method, with each method being equally weighted in the calculation.

Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market comparable approach. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on the Company’s most recent long-range forecast and, for years beyond the forecast, the Company’s estimates, which are based on estimated exit multiples ranging from six to seven times the final forecasted year earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The discount rates used in the DCF analyses are intended to reflect the risks inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units and range from 13% to 17%. For the market comparable approach, the Company evaluated comparable company public trading values, using earnings multiples and sales multiples that are used to value the reporting units.

There was no indication of impairment in any of the Company’s reporting units during either the fiscal 2011 or the fiscal 2010 annual testing and accordingly, the second step of the goodwill impairment analysis was not performed. At the time of our fiscal 2011 annual testing, the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value by the following percentages: 17% for Waterworks, 50% for Facilities Maintenance, 68% for White Cap, 32% for Utilities, 4% for Crown Bolt, 24% for Repair & Remodel, and 166% for Electrical.

There was an indication of impairment in four of the Company’s reporting units during the third quarter fiscal 2009 impairment test and accordingly, the second step was performed for these reporting units. Based on the results of the second step, HD Supply recorded a $224 million non-cash, pre-tax, goodwill impairment charge in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 on four reporting units.

Total non-cash, pre-tax, goodwill impairment charges for fiscal 2009 were as follows (amounts in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2010  
     Beginning
Goodwill
     Impairment
Charge
    Remaining
Goodwill
 

Waterworks

       $     1,174               $ (134 )           $ 1,040       

Utilities

     250             (54 )         196       

IPVF

     6             (6 )         –       

Repair & Remodel

     125             (30 )         95       

All other reporting units

     1,818             –            1,818       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

       $ 3,373               $ (224 )           $   3,149       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The primary cause of impairment of the goodwill in the reporting units for fiscal 2009 was a reduction in expected future cash flows for these businesses as a result of the decline in the residential and commercial construction markets.

The following table presents the changes in goodwill for the fiscal years ended January 29, 2012, January 30, 2011, and January 31, 2010 (amounts in millions).

 

     Fiscal 2011     Fiscal 2010      Fiscal 2009  

Beginning Balance

       $     3, 150          $     3, 149           $     3,368   

Acquisition

     12                  

Realization of tax deductible goodwill from a prior acquisition

     (11               

Impairment

                    (224

Translation adjustment

            1         5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending Balance

       $ 3,151          $ 3,150           $ 3,149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded $12 million of goodwill as a result of the RAMSCO business acquisition.

The Company’s discounted cash flow model is based on HD Supply’s expectation of future market conditions for each of the reporting units, as well as discount rates that would be used by market participants in an arms-length transaction. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that market conditions have declined or discount rates have increased to the extent that the Company’s goodwill could be further impaired. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Intangible Assets

HD Supply’s intangible assets consisted of the following (amounts in millions):

 

     January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011  
     Gross
  Intangible  
     Accumulated
  Amortization  
     Net
  Intangible  
     Gross
  Intangible  
     Accumulated
  Amortization  
     Net
  Intangible  
 

Customer relationships

     $  1,532             $  (983)            $  549             $  1,548             $  (774)            $  774       

Strategic purchase agreement

     166             (99)            67             166             (77)            89       

Trade names

     152             (34)            118             151             (26)            125       

Other

     1             –             1             17             (13)            4       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $  1,851             $  (1,116)           $  735             $  1,882             $  (890)            $  992       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded $4 million of intangible assets, primarily customer relationship intangibles, as a result of the RAMSCO business acquisition. These intangibles will be amortized over three to seven years.

During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded $2 million of customer relationship intangibles as a result of business acquisitions, primarily the transaction to purchase substantially all of the assets of ORCO Construction Supply out of bankruptcy. These intangibles will be amortized over five to seven years.

On the date of the Transactions, Home Depot entered into a strategic purchase agreement with Crown Bolt. This agreement provides a guaranteed revenue stream to Crown Bolt through January 31, 2015 by specifying minimum annual purchase requirements from Home Depot.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $259 million, $259 million, and $258 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets recorded as of January 29, 2012 is $253 million, $158 million, $128 million, $41 million and $41 million for fiscal years 2012 through 2016, respectively.

NOTE 6 — DEBT

Long-term debt as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

 

     January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011  
       Outstanding  
Principal
     Interest
  Rate %  
       Outstanding  
Principal
     Interest
  Rate %  
 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term Loan due August 30, 2012

     $       73             1.53             $       74             1.56       

Term Loan due April 1, 2014

     855             3.03             864             3.06       

ABL Term Loan due April 1, 2014

     214             3.56             214             3.53       

12.0% Senior Notes due September 1, 2014

     2,500             12.00             2,500             12.00       

13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due September 1, 2015

     1,820             13.50             1,597             13.50       
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total long-term debt

     5,462                5,249          

Less current installments

     (82)               (10)         
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

     $  5,380                $  5,239          
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Senior Secured Credit Facility

The Company maintains a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a $928 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) and a $200 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). On March 19, 2010, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 (the “Cash Flow Amendment”) to its Senior Secured Credit Facility, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among the Company, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other lenders and financial institutions from time to time party thereto. The Cash Flow Amendment extended the maturity date from August 30, 2012 to April 1, 2014 of approximately $874 million in principal amount of outstanding Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. Home Depot, which guarantees payment of the Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility (“THD Guarantee”), consented to the Cash Flow Amendment. Concurrently, Home Depot and the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which Home Depot consented to any later amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended, (similar in form and substance to the Cash Flow Amendment) that would extend the maturity of the remaining approximately $104 million of outstanding Term Loan to a date that

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

is not later than the maturity date in effect from time to time under the Cash Flow Amendment. In addition, the Company entered into a letter agreement with Home Depot, pursuant to which the Company agreed that, while the THD Guarantee is outstanding, the Company would not voluntarily repurchase any 12.0% Senior Notes or 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, directly or indirectly, without Home Depot’s prior written consent, subject to certain exceptions, including debt repurchases with equity or permitted refinancings. The Company also agreed to prepay $30 million in aggregate principal amount of non-extending Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. This prepayment was completed during the first quarter of fiscal 2010. The maturity date of the extended outstanding Term Loan may be further extended to a date not later than June 1, 2014, without further consent by the lenders, if Home Depot provides a notice electing to extend its guarantee of the Term Loan to such later date. However, Home Depot is under no obligation to provide such notice or make such election to further extend its guarantee, and the Company cannot provide any assurance that Home Depot will provide such notice or make such election or on what terms it might do so. The remaining outstanding non-extended Term Loan will mature on the original maturity date of such loan, i.e. August 30, 2012. The Senior Secured Credit Facility can be repaid at any time without penalty or premium.

The Cash Flow Amendment increased the borrowing margins applicable to the extended portion of the Term Loan by 150 basis points, such that the extended Term Loan bears interest at Prime plus 1.75% or LIBOR plus 2.75% at the Company’s election. The remaining non-extended Term Loan continues to bear interest at Prime plus 0.25% or LIBOR plus 1.25% at the Company’s election. Interest on the Term Loan is due at the end of each calendar quarter with respect to Prime rate draws or at the maturity of each LIBOR draw (unless said draw is for a six-, nine-, or twelve-month period, then interest shall be paid quarterly). During fiscal 2011, the Term Loan due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $73 million at a weighted average interest rate of 1.56% and the Term Loan due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $860 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.06%. During fiscal 2010, the Term Loan due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $149 million at a weighted average interest rate of 1.54% and the Term Loan due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $869 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.11%.

The extended and non-extended portions of the Terms Loan outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended, amortize in nominal quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan. Additionally, beginning in fiscal 2009, the Company is required to pay down the Term Loan in an amount equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow from the preceding fiscal year, as defined in the Term Loan agreement, such percentage is reduced to 0% upon the attainment of certain leverage ratio targets. Under the Excess Cash Flow provisions of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company is not required to repay a portion of the Term Loan during fiscal 2012 and was not required to repay a portion of the Term Loan during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010 or fiscal 2009.

The THD Guarantee was valued at $106 million at the issuance of the Senior Secured Credit Facility in August 2007 and was being amortized to interest expense over the original five-year life of the Term Loan on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method. As a result of the extension of the THD Guarantee on the extended Term Loan, the amortization period of a pro-rata portion of the unamortized THD Guarantee has also been extended, on a straight-line basis, until April 1, 2014. During fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 the Company recorded amortization of the guarantee of $13 million, $14 million, and $21 million, respectively, which is reflected in Interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In connection with the $30 million prepayment of the non-extending portion of the Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, the Company wrote-off the unamortized pro-rata portion of the THD Guarantee and the unamortized pro-rata portion of deferred debt costs, resulting in a pre-tax charge of $2 million in fiscal 2010. This charge is reflected in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Revolving Credit Facility is due August 30, 2013 and bears interest at Prime plus 3.0% or LIBOR plus 4.0% at the Company’s election. The Revolving Credit Facility also has a 0.5% unused commitment fee and a Letter of Credit fee of 4.0% per annum. There were no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of January 29, 2012 or January 30, 2011. During fiscal 2011, the Revolving Credit Facility had an average outstanding balance of zero. During fiscal 2010, the Revolving Credit Facility had an average outstanding balance of $125 million at a weighted average interest rate of 4.28%. As of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, there were no outstanding Letters of Credit under the Revolving Credit Facility. Interest on the Revolving Credit Facility is due at the end of each calendar quarter with respect to Prime rate draws or at the maturity of each LIBOR draw (unless said draw is for a six-, nine-, or twelve-month period, then interest shall be paid quarterly).

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

In addition to Home Depot’s guarantee of the Term Loan payments, the Senior Secured Credit Facility is further collateralized by all of the capital stock of HD Supply, Inc. and its subsidiary guarantors and by 65% of the capital stock of its foreign subsidiaries as well as by other tangible and intangible assets owned by the Company subject to the priority of liens described in the guarantee and collateral agreement dated as of August 30, 2007. The Senior Secured Credit Facility contains various restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness and dividend payments and stipulations regarding the use of proceeds from asset dispositions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants. The Senior Secured Credit Facility is subject to an acceleration clause under an Event of Default, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facility agreement. Management believes the likelihood of such acceleration to be remote.

Asset Based Lending Credit Agreement

The Company maintains a $2.1 billion asset based lending credit agreement (the “ABL Credit Facility”) subject to borrowing base limitations. On March 19, 2010, the Company entered into the Limited Consent and Amendment No. 3 (the “ABL Amendment”) to its ABL Credit Facility, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, GE Business Financial Services Inc. (formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.), as administrative agent and collateral agent, GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as Canadian administrative agent and Canadian collateral agent, and the several lenders and financial institutions from time to time parties thereto. Pursuant to the ABL Amendment, the Company (i) converted approximately $214 million of commitments under the ABL Credit Facility into a term loan (the “ABL Term Loan”), (ii) extended the maturity date of approximately $1,537 million of the commitments under the ABL Credit Facility (the “ABL Revolving Credit Facility”) from August 30, 2012 to the later of April 1, 2014 and the maturity date of the extended Term Loan under the Cash Flow Amendment, and (iii) reduced the total commitments under the ABL Credit Facility by approximately $45 million. The ABL Term Loan does not amortize and the entire principal amount thereof is due and payable on the later of April 1, 2014 and the maturity date of the extended Term Loan under the Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended. The remaining approximately $304 million of commitments under the ABL Credit Facility mature on the original maturity date of such commitments, i.e. August 30, 2012. The ABL Credit Facility can be repaid at any time without penalty or premium.

The ABL Amendment provided for a borrowing rate of Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum applicable to the ABL Term Loan and increased the borrowing margins applicable to the extended portion of the ABL Revolving Credit Facility by 175 basis points and the commitment fee applicable to such portion by 50 basis points, such that the extended ABL Revolving Credit Facility bears interest at Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum at the Company’s election and contains an unused commitment fee of 0.75%. The non-extended ABL Revolving Credit Facility continues to bear interest at Prime plus 0.5% or LIBOR plus 1.5% per annum at the Company’s election and contain an unused commitment fee of 0.25%.

As of January 29, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 or the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014. During fiscal 2011, the ABL Term Loan had an average outstanding balance of $214 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.50%, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $12 million at a weighted average interest rate of 1.76%, and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $77 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.51%. During fiscal 2010, the ABL Term Loan had an average outstanding balance of $214 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.60%, the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 had an average outstanding balance of $59 million at a weighted average interest rate of 2.01%, and the ABL Revolving Credit Facility due April 1, 2014 had an average outstanding balance of $57 million at a weighted average interest rate of 3.58%.

As of January 29, 2012, the Company had available borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility of $993 million, after giving effect to the borrowing base limitations and letters of credit issued and including $57 million of borrowings available on qualifying cash balances. The Company can use up to $400 million of its available borrowing under the ABL Credit Facility for Letters of Credit which are charged a fee of 1.5% per annum for amounts borrowed under the non-extended portion and 3.25% per annum for amounts borrowed under the extended portion. As of January 29, 2012, there were approximately $9 million and $57 million, respectively, of Letters of Credit outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 and April 1, 2014, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

As of January 30, 2011, there were approximately $11 million and $60 million, respectively, of Letters of Credit outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility due August 30, 2012 and April 1, 2014, respectively.

The ABL Credit Facility contains various restrictive covenants including a limitation on the amount of dividends to be paid. In addition, if the Company’s availability under the ABL Credit Facility falls below $210 million (a “Liquidity Event”), the Company will be required to maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.0:1.0, as defined in the ABL Credit Facility. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants. The ABL Credit Facility is collateralized by all of the capital stock of HD Supply, Inc. and its subsidiary guarantors and by 65% of the capital stock of its foreign subsidiaries as well as by other tangible and intangible assets owned by the Company subject to the priority of liens described in the guarantee and collateral agreement dated as of August 30, 2007. The ABL Credit Facility is subject to an acceleration clause in a Liquidity Event or an Event of Default, as defined in the ABL Credit Facility agreement. Under such acceleration, the administrative agent can direct payments from the Company’s depository accounts to directly pay down the outstanding balance under the ABL Credit Facility. Management believes the likelihood of such acceleration to be remote.

In connection with the Cash Flow Amendment and ABL Amendment, the Company incurred financing fees of approximately $34 million, of which approximately $31 million were deferred and is being amortized into interest expense over the term of the amended facilities in accordance with U.S. GAAP for debt modifications (ASC 470-50, Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments). The non-deferred financing fees are reported in Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Lehman Brothers and Woodlands Commercial Bank

Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (together “Lehman Brothers”) is committed to fund up to $95 million of the non-extended portion of the Company’s $2.1 billion ABL Credit Facility, maturing August 30, 2012, and Woodlands Commercial Bank (“Woodlands,” f/k/a Lehman Commercial Bank, an affiliate of Lehman Brothers) is committed to fund $100 million of the Company’s $300 million original availability under the Revolving Credit Facility.

On September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (“Lehman’s bankruptcy”). Subsequent to Lehman’s bankruptcy, the Company drew down on the ABL Credit Facility and Lehman Brothers failed to fund their portion of the ABL Credit Facility commitment. Lehman is currently in the process of emerging from bankruptcy and is expected to cure their default on the ABL Credit Facility commitment. As of January 29, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility from Lehman Brothers.

On April 21, 2011, the Company drew down the entire $300 million Revolving Credit Facility and Woodlands failed to fund their $100 million Revolving Credit Facility commitment. The following day, the Company repaid the entire Revolving Credit Facility balance. As a result of Woodlands’ default, the Company no longer pays the 0.5% unused commitment fee on Woodlands’ $100 million Revolving Credit Facility commitment and the Revolving Credit Facility is effectively reduced to $200 million.

12.0% Senior Notes

On August 30, 2007, the Company issued $2.5 billion of Senior Notes bearing interest at a rate of 12.0% (the “12.0% Senior Notes”). Interest payments are due each March 1st and September 1st through maturity. The 12.0% Senior Notes mature on September 1, 2014 and can be redeemed by the Company as follows:

 

Redemption Period    Redemption Price

 

September 1, 2011 – August 31, 2012

   106% plus accrued interest

September 1, 2012 – August 31, 2013

   103% plus accrued interest

September 1, 2013 – Thereafter

   100% plus accrued interest

The 12.0% Senior Notes contain various restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness and dividend payments and stipulations regarding the use of proceeds from asset dispositions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants.

13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes

On August 30, 2007, the Company issued $1.3 billion of Senior Subordinated PIK Notes bearing interest at a rate of 13.5% (the “13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes”). Interest payments are due each March 1st and September 1st

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

through maturity except that the first eight payment periods through September 2011 were payments in kind (“PIK”) and therefore increased the balance of the outstanding indebtedness rather than paid in cash. During fiscal 2009, the Company repurchased $252 million principal amount, plus accrued interest of $15 million, of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes for $62 million. As a result, we recognized a $200 million pre-tax gain for the extinguishment of this portion of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, net of the write-off of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. As a result of PIK interest capitalizations and the extinguishment of a portion of the principal, as of January 29, 2012, the outstanding principal balance of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes was $1.8 billion. The 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes mature on September 1, 2015 and can be redeemed by the Company as follows:

 

Redemption Period

  

Redemption Price

 

  September 1, 2011 – August 31, 2012

   106.75% plus accrued interest

  September 1, 2012 – August 31, 2013

   103.375% plus accrued interest

  September 1, 2013 – Thereafter

   100% plus accrued interest

The 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes contain various restrictive covenants including limitations on additional indebtedness and dividend payments and stipulations regarding the use of proceeds from asset dispositions. The Company is in compliance with all such covenants.

The 12.0% Senior Notes and the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes are both fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company’s direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. These guarantees can automatically be released under customary circumstances, including the sale of the assets of the subsidiary providing the guarantee. See the section titled “Description of Notes” of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on July 27, 2009 for a detailed description of the Company’s outstanding notes, including a discussion of each of the circumstances under which subsidiary guarantees may be released.

Debt Maturities

Maturities of long-term debt outstanding, in principal amounts, at January 29, 2012 are summarized below (amounts in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

   Maturities  

2012

       $ 82       

2013

     10       

2014

     3,550       

2015

     1,820       
  

 

 

 

Total

       $   5,462       
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 — DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company maintained interest rate swap agreements to exchange fixed and variable rate interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. At execution, the swaps were designated as hedging the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, whereby the Company pays fixed interest and receives variable interest, effectively converting $400 million of floating-rate debt to fixed rate debt. Swaps with a combined $200 million notional value matured on January 31, 2010. The remaining swaps with a combined $200 million notional value matured on January 31, 2011, the first day of fiscal 2011. As of January 30, 2011, the fair value of the swaps was a liability of $1 million and was included in Other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following tables summarize the weighted average rates and notional amounts of these agreements for the periods presented (dollars in millions).

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
     January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
  January 31,
2010

Weighted average notional value outstanding

     –           $200         $400      

Weighted average fixed rate paid

     –           3.9%   3.8%

Weighted average floating rate received

     –           0.3%   0.3%

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

     As of  
     January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
 

Weighted average notional value outstanding

     –             $200       

Weighted average fixed rate paid

     –             3.9%   

Weighted average floating rate received

     –             0.3%   

A subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. (“Lehman”) is the original counterparty to these interest rate swap agreements. The expected and ultimate filing of bankruptcy by Lehman caused HD Supply to conclude on September 12, 2008 (the “date of de-designation”) that the ability of the counterparty to meet its obligations under the swap agreements was remote. Therefore, on September 12, 2008, HD Supply removed the designation of the swaps as cash flow hedges, discontinued hedge accounting and considered these swaps economic hedges until their expiration. On June 16, 2009, Lehman assigned the counterparty position on the two interest rate swaps that matured on January 31, 2011 to Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC.

On the date of de-designation, the aggregate fair value of the swaps was a liability of $6 million. In accordance with the derivatives and hedging principles of U.S. GAAP (ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging), the net loss was retained in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) and was reclassified into earnings in the same periods in which the original hedged forecasted transactions affected earnings. As of January 30, 2011, all of the unrealized losses have been reclassified from OCI into Interest expense. Changes in the fair value of the swaps following the date of de-designation were recognized in earnings.

The following table summarizes the location and amounts of the gains or losses related to derivatives included in HD Supply’s consolidated financial statements for the periods presented (amounts in millions):

 

     Location of gain (loss) in
statement of operations
   Fiscal
    2011    
     Fiscal
    2010    
     Fiscal
    2009    
 

Changes in fair value

   Other income (expense), net      $  1             $  (6)            $  11       

Amortization of net loss remaining in OCI at de-designation

   Interest (expense)      –             (2)            (3)      

Settlements

   Interest (expense)      –             (8)            (14)      
  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 8 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value measurements and disclosure principles of U.S. GAAP (ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures) define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and provide disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. These principles define a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1 –    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 –    Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs (other than quoted prices) that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly;
Level 3 –    Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 were as follows (amounts in millions):

 

     Quoted Prices in
Active  Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable  Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  

At January 29, 2012:

           

Interest Rate Swap Contracts

           $ –                       $ –                       $   –                       $ –           

At January 30, 2011:

           

Interest Rate Swap Contracts

           $ –                       $ (1)                      $ –                       $   (1)          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The Company’s financial instruments that are not reflected at fair value on the balance sheet were as follows as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 (amounts in millions):

 

     As of January 29, 2012      As of January 30, 2011  
     Recorded
Amount(1)
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Recorded
Amount(1)
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Term Loan due August 30, 2012

       $   73               $   73               $   74               $   74       

Term Loan due April 1, 2014

     855             855             864             871       

ABL Term Loan due April 1, 2014

     214             207             214             207       

12.0% Senior Notes due September 1, 2014

     2,500             2,388             2,500             2,338       

13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due September 1, 2015

     1,820             1,547             1,597             1,198       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

       $   5,462               $   5,070               $   5,249               $   4,688       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) These amounts do not include accrued interest; accrued interest is classified as Other current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company utilized Level 2 inputs, as defined in the fair value hierarchy, to measure the fair value of the long-term debt.

The Term Loan is guaranteed by Home Depot. Based on a review of the fair value of debt issued by companies with similar credit ratings as Home Depot, management estimates that as of January 29, 2012, the fair value of the Term Loan due August 30, 2012 was approximately 99-101% of the principal value, or $73 million, and the Term Loan due April 1, 2014 is approximately 99-101% of principal, or $855 million. Management estimated that as of January 30, 2011, the fair value of the Term Loan due August 30, 2012 was approximately 99-101% of the principal value, or $74 million, and the Term Loan due April 1, 2014 was approximately 100-102% of principal, or $871 million.

The Company’s fair value estimates for the ABL Credit Facility, 12.0% Senior Notes, and 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes were based on recent similar credit facilities initiated by companies with like credit quality in similar industries, quoted prices for similar instruments, and inquiries with certain investment communities. Based on this data, management estimates that as of January 29, 2012, the fair value of the ABL Term Loan due April 1, 2014 was approximately 94-100% of the principal value, or $207 million, the fair value of the 12.0% Senior Notes was approximately 93-98% of the principal value, or $2,388 million, and the fair value of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes was approximately 80-90% of principal value, or $1,547 million. Management estimated that as of January 30, 2011, the fair value of the ABL Term Loan due April 1, 2014 was approximately 94-100% of the principal value, or $207 million, the fair value of the 12.0% Senior Notes was approximately 87-100% of the principal value, or $2,338 million, and the fair value of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes was approximately 65-85% of principal value, or $1,198 million.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES

The components of Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes are as follows (amounts in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011      January 31, 2010  

United States

         $    (461)                $    (579)                $    (658)      

Foreign

     21             23             1       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $    (440)                $    (556)                $    (657)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes consisted of the following (amounts in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011      January 31, 2010  

Current:

        

Federal

         $      –                 $      –                 $      –       

State

     3             2             4       

Foreign

     –             6             –       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3             8             4       

Deferred:

        

Federal

     64             12             (173)      

State

     6             4             (19)      

Foreign

     (5)            4             –       

Foreign realization of tax deductible goodwill from prior acquisitions

     11             –             –       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     76             20             (192)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $    79                 $    28                 $    (188)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s combined federal, state and foreign effective tax rate for continuing operations for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 was approximately (18.0%), (5.1%), and 28.7%, respectively.

The Company’s effective tax rate will vary based on a variety of factors, including overall profitability, the geographical mix of income before taxes and the related tax rates in the jurisdictions where it operates, restructuring and other one-time charges, as well as discrete events, such as settlements of future audits. The Company’s fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 effective tax rates were significantly impacted by the recording of a valuation allowance on its net U.S. deferred tax assets. The fiscal 2011 valuation allowance was directly impacted by the increasing of the deferred tax liability for U.S. goodwill amortization for tax purposes. The deferred tax liability related to the Company’s U.S. tax deductible goodwill must be considered as a liability related to an asset with an indefinite life. Therefore, the deferred tax liability does not amortize and is not available as a source of taxable income to support the realization of deferred tax assets created by other deductible temporary timing difference. The Company’s fiscal 2009 effective tax rate was significantly impacted by financial goodwill impairments.

The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations at the federal statutory rate of 35% to the actual tax provision (benefit) for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 is as follows (amounts in millions):

 

      Fiscal Year Ended  
      January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011      January 31, 2010  

Income taxes at federal statutory rate

         $    (154)                $    (195)                $    (230)      

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     (23)            (14)            (24)      

Non-deductible goodwill impairment

     –             –             43       

Non-deductible interest

     15             13             12       

Valuation allowance

     243             217             7       

Adjustments to tax reserves

     12             4             3       

Other, net

     (14)            3             1       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit)

         $        79                 $        28                 $    (188)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 were as follows (amounts in millions):

 

      January 29, 2012      January 30, 2011  

Current:

     

Deferred Tax Assets:

     

Interest

         $      33                 $        –       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     12             14       

Inventory

     49             60       

Accrued compensation

     3             2       

Accrued self-insurance liabilities

     5             21       

Restructuring liabilities

     7             31       

Other accrued liabilities

     27             26       

Valuation allowance

     (76)            (51)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current deferred tax assets

     60             103       

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

     

Prepaid expense

     $       (1)            $      (1)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current deferred tax liabilities

     (1)            (1)      

Noncurrent:

     

Deferred Tax Assets:

     

Interest

     $     212             $    180       

Accrued compensation

     27             18       

Accrued self-insurance liabilities

     15             –       

Other accrued liabilities

     8             8       

Deferred revenue

     8             8       

Restructuring liabilities

     32             –       

Net operating loss

     374             291       

Net capital loss carryforward

     10             –       

Fixed assets

     16             22       

Other

     21             16       

Valuation allowance

     (415)            (188)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

     308             355       

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

     

Software costs

     $    (23)            $    (23)      

Intangible assets

     (316)            (357)      

Income from discharge of indebtedness

     (80)            (76)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

     (419)            (456)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

         $    (52)                $        1       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded a valuation allowance on its U.S. continuing operations of $243 million, $217 million, and $7 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded a valuation allowance on its U.S. discontinued operations of $9 million and $13 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. The Company records a valuation allowance when it is “more likely than not” that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. In reaching this determination, the Company considers the future reversals of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, exclusive of taxable temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in prior carry-back years and tax planning strategies.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company designated the undistributed earnings of certain aspects of its foreign operations as not permanently reinvested. In fiscal 2011, the Company did not repatriate cash from its foreign operations to the U.S. If the company had repatriated cash to the U.S., no additional income tax expense would have been generated. In fiscal 2010, the Company repatriated $33 million of cash which resulted in $2 million of income tax expense in the U.S. In general, to the extent the Company’s financial reporting book basis over tax basis of a foreign subsidiary exceeds the cash available for repatriation, deferred taxes have not been provided, as they are essentially permanent in duration. If these amounts were not considered reinvested, it is estimated that additional deferred taxes of zero would have been provided.

As of January 29, 2012, the Company has tax-effected U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $245 million which expire beginning in fiscal 2029. The Company also has $102 million of net state net operating loss carryfowards which expire in various years between fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2030. During fiscal 2011, the Company

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

generated a $10 million capital loss associated with the Company’s exit from the Plumbing business, which can be carried forward to offset future capital gain income. The availability to use the capital loss expires in fiscal 2016. The future utilization of the net operating losses and the capital loss could also be impacted by Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 should an “ownership change” occur. Section 382 and 383 contain rules that may limit the ability of a company that undergoes an “ownership change”, which generally is any change in ownership of more than 50% of its common stock over a three-year period, to utilize its net operating loss carryfowards to offset taxable income in periods after the ownership change.

There was no net income tax benefit or expense included in discontinued operations in fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010. The amount of income tax benefit included in discontinued operations for fiscal 2009 was $28 million.

Federal, state and foreign income taxes receivable total $4 million and $3 million as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, respectively, and are included in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Accounting for uncertain tax positions

The Company follows the U.S. GAAP guidance for uncertain tax positions within ASC 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 requires application of a “more likely than not” threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions. It further requires that a change in judgment related to prior years’ tax positions be recognized in the quarter of such change. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for continuing operations for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 is as follows (amounts in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
     January 31,
2010
 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits beginning of period

       $ 192               $ 190               $ 206       

Gross increases for tax positions in current period

     –             1             1       

Gross increases for tax positions in prior period

     6             4             –       

Gross decreases for tax positions in prior period

     –             –             (16)      

Settlements

     (1)            (3)            –       

Lapse of statutes

     (1)            –             (1)      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits end of period

       $ 196               $ 192               $ 190       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are $196 million, $192 million, and $140 million of unrecognized tax benefits included in the balance at January 29, 2012, January 30, 2011, and January 31, 2010, respectively, whose resolution could affect the annual effective income tax rate.

The Company accrued $5 million, $2 million, and $3 million of net interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits for fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. The Company’s ending net accrual for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits at January 29, 2012, January 30, 2011, and January 31, 2010 was $19 million, $14 million, and $12 million, respectively. The Company’s accounting policy is to classify interest and penalties as components of income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties from unrecognized tax benefits are included as a component of Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company is subject to audits and examinations of its tax returns by tax authorities in various jurisdictions, including the Internal Revenue Service. Management regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of provisions for income taxes. Certain of the Company’s tax years 2006 and forward remain open for audit by the IRS and various state governments. The Company does not anticipate any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

NOTE 10 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Stock-Based Compensation Plan

Effective December 4, 2007, HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (“Holding”) established a Stock Incentive Plan (the “HDS Plan”) for associates of HD Supply, a wholly-owned subsidiary. The HDS Plan provides for the award of non-qualified stock options and deferred share units of the common stock of Holding. Holding will issue new shares of common stock to satisfy options exercised.

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Under the terms of the HDS Plan, non-qualified stock options are to carry exercise prices at, or above, the fair market value of Holding’s stock on the date of the grant. Since Holding common stock is not publicly traded, the fair market value of the stock is determined by the Board of Directors of Holding based on such factors as it deems appropriate, including but not limited to the earnings and other financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, the potential value of the Company as a whole, the future prospects of the Company and the industries in which it competes, the history and management of the Company, the general condition of the securities markets, the fair market value of securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company, and any recent valuation of the common stock of Holding that shall have been performed by an independent valuation firm (although the Board of Directors of Holding is not obligated to obtain such a valuation). The non-qualified stock options generally vest at the rate of 20% per year commencing on the first anniversary date of the grant or 100% on the third anniversary of the grant and expire on the tenth anniversary date of the grant.

On January 15, 2010, the Company initiated a one-time stock option exchange program (“Option Exchange Program”). Under the Option Exchange Program, all participants of the HDS Plan were offered the opportunity to exchange their outstanding options (the “Eligible Options”) to purchase shares of Holding’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) granted under the HDS Plan for a lesser number of new options (as determined in accordance with the exchange ratios below) under the HDS Plan.

The Option Exchange Program covered all options that were outstanding under the HDS Plan, including vested and unvested options, at the time of the offer. Eligible Options that had an exercise price greater than $10.00 per share were offered for exchange for a lesser number of options with a new exercise price equal to $4.15 per share (the “Repriced Options”). For every three Eligible Options with an exercise price greater than $10.00 per share, an eligible employee was offered two new Repriced Options. Options that had an exercise price equal to $10.00 per share were offered for exchange for an equal number of options with an exercise price equal to $10.00 per share (the “New $10.00 Options”, and together with the Repriced Options, the “New Options”).

Regardless of the vesting status of the Eligible Options, the New Options have a five-year vesting period, with 20% of the New Options vesting on each anniversary of the date of exchange and an expiration date that is ten years from the date of exchange. All of the New Options are subject to the terms and conditions of the HDS Plan and the eligible employee’s new stock option agreement.

The offering period for the Option Exchange Program commenced on January 15, 2010 and expired on February 2, 2010. Participation in the Option Exchange Program was voluntary. However, once an eligible employee elected to participate, all of his or her Eligible Options were exchanged. Once the offer to exchange expired, all Eligible Options that were surrendered for exchange were cancelled and the New Options were granted.

On February 3, 2010, as a result of employee elections under the Option Exchange Program, the Company exchanged and issued the following options:

 

Number of Eligible Options Exchanged

     20,484,001   

Number of Repriced Options issued in the Option Exchange Program

     6,828,025   

Number of New $10.00 Options issued in the Option Exchange Program

     10,242,002   

As a result of the exchange, the Company will incur incremental stock-based compensation charges of approximately $1 million per year over the five years following the exchange date. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the HDS Plan subsequent to the Option Exchange Program may not exceed 55.6 million, of which a maximum of 30.9 million shares may be issued in respect of options granted under the HDS Plan.

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

A summary of option activity under the HDS Plan is presented below (shares in thousands):

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Option Price
 

Outstanding at February 1, 2009

     22,049                 $ 13.13       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     1,582             13.13       

Exercised

     –             –       

Canceled

     (2,732)            13.13       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 31, 2010

     20,899                 $ 13.13       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted1

     21,495             7.66       

Exercised

     –             –       

Canceled2

     (23,927)            12.41       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 30, 2011

     18,467                 $ 7.69       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     12,485             4.62       

Exercised

     –             –       

Canceled

     (1,415)            6.63       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 29, 2012

         29,537                 $ 6.44       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

1 – Includes shares granted in conjunction with the Option Exchange Program

2 – Includes shares canceled in conjunction with the Option Exchange Program

As of January 29, 2012, there were approximately 29.5 million stock options outstanding with a weighted average remaining life of 8.6 years. As of January 29, 2012, there were approximately 3.6 million options exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $7.78 and a weighted average remaining life of 8.1 years.

The estimated fair value of the options when granted is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting or required service period. The fair value for these options was estimated by management, after considering a third-party valuation specialist’s assessment, at the date of grant based on the expected life of the option and historical exercise experience, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     January 29,
2012
     January 30,
2011
     January 31,
2010
 
  

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.8%            3.0%            2.9%      

Dividend yield

     0.0%            0.0%            0.0%      

Expected volatility factor

     46.0%            48.9%            50.5%      

Expected option life in years

     6.6               6.8               7.3         

The risk free interest rate was determined based on an analysis of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon market yields as of the date of the option grant for issues having expiration lives similar to the expected option life. The expected volatility was based on an analysis of the historical volatility of HD Supply’s competitors over the expected life of the HD Supply options. These volatilities were weighted by the respective HD Supply segment against which they compete, resulting in an overall industry-based volatility for HD Supply. As insufficient data exists to determine the historical life of options issued under the HDS Plan, the expected option life was determined based on the vesting schedule of the options and their contractual life taking into consideration the expected time in which the share price of Holding would exceed the exercise price of the option. The weighted-average fair value of each option granted during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 was $1.99, $1.64, and $1.63, respectively. HD Supply recognized $20 million, $17 million, and $18 million of stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, included in Selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. As of January 29, 2012 the unamortized compensation expense related to stock options was $32 million and was expected to be recognized over a period of 4.8 years.

Employee Benefit Plans

HD Supply offers a comprehensive Health & Welfare Benefits Program which allows employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements to choose among different levels and types of coverage. The Health & Welfare Benefits program provides employees healthcare coverage in which the employer and employee share costs. In addition, the Program offers employees the opportunity to participate in various voluntary coverages, including flexible spending accounts.

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

HD Supply maintains a 401(k) defined contribution plan that is qualified under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees who satisfy the plan’s eligibility requirements may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan on a pre-tax basis. HD Supply may match a percentage of the employees’ contributions to the plan based on approval from the Board of Directors. Matching contributions are generally made shortly after the end of each pay period or shortly after the Company’s fiscal year-end if an additional annual matching contribution based on the Company’s fiscal-year financial results is approved. HD Supply paid $7 million, less than $1 million, and $3 million during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively.

NOTE 11 — STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, 1,000 shares were issued and outstanding.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

As of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of $(2) million and $(1) million, respectively, of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net.

NOTE 12 — SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET AND CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Receivables

Receivables as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 consisted of the following (amounts in millions):

 

       January 29,  
  2012  
       January 30,  
  2011  
 

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

         $ 919                 $ 837         

Vendor rebate receivables

       71                 60         

Other receivables

       12                 10         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables, net

         $   1,002                 $   907         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 consisted of the following (amounts in millions):

 

       January 29,  
  2012  
       January 30,  
  2011  
 

Land

         $ 42                 $ 45         

Buildings and improvements

       206                 214         

Transportation equipment

       44                 20         

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

       298                 288         

Capitalized software

       185                 177         

Construction in progress

       40                 12         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
       815                 756         

Less accumulated depreciation & amortization

       (417)               (366)       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

       $ 398                 $ 390         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 consisted of the following (amounts in millions):

 

       January 29,  
  2012  
       January 30,  
  2011  
 

Accrued interest

       $ 233                 $ 131         

Accrued non-income taxes

       31                 28         

Branch closure & consolidation reserves

       16                 18         

Other

       98                 95         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

       $   378                 $   272         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Significant Non-Cash Transactions

Interest payments on the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes are due each March 1st and September 1st through maturity except that the first eight payment periods through September 2011 were payments in kind (“PIK”) and therefore increased the balance of the outstanding indebtedness rather than paid in cash. The Company made PIK interest payments during fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 of $223 million, $196 million, and $172 million, respectively, increasing the outstanding balance of the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash paid for interest in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 was approximately $356 million, $363 million, and $366 million, respectively. During fiscal 2010, as a result of recent tax legislation regarding net operating loss carry-back periods, the Company filed for and received a cash refund of $220 million from the Internal Revenue Service for income tax previously paid. During fiscal 2009, the Company received a cash refund of $134 million from the Internal Revenue Service for income tax previously paid. Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds, in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009 was approximately $5 million net payment, $216 million net refund, and $127 million net refund, respectively.

NOTE 13 — BRANCH CLOSURE AND CONSOLIDATION ACTIVITIES

Fiscal 2009 Plan

In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company initiated a plan to restructure its businesses which included evaluating opportunities to consolidate branches, further reduce costs, more efficiently employ working capital and streamline activities. Under this plan, which was completed in fiscal 2010, management closed or consolidated 25 branches and reduced workforce personnel by approximately 500 employees. The Company does not expect to incur any additional charges related to this plan.

During fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, the Company recognized $7 million and $14 million, respectively, in restructuring charges for branch closure and consolidation charges under the Fiscal 2009 Plan. The cash and non-cash restructuring charges were recorded to Restructuring expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company regularly reviews the assumptions used to estimate the net present value of the on-going lease liabilities and other occupancy costs, net of expected sublease income. During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded an additional $2 million in occupancy costs due to actual results differing from the original assumptions within the Plumbing/HVAC business. As a result of the sale of the Plumbing/HVAC business, this charge is reflected within Discontinued operations, net of taxes, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table presents the activity for the liability balance, included in Other current liabilities and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, related to closure and consolidation activities under the Fiscal 2009 Plan (amounts in millions):

 

     Severance   Occupancy
Costs
  Other   Total

Charges

       $ 5       $     7       $ 2       $     14      

Cash payments

       (2 )                       (2)     

Balance – January 31, 2010

       $ 3       $ 7       $     2       $ 12      

Charges

       2         2         2         6      

Cash payments

       (4 )       (3 )       (2 )       (9)     

Other

       (1 )       1                 –      

Balance – January 30, 2011

       $       $ 7       $ 2       $ 9      

Charges, net of reductions

               2                 2      

Cash payments

               (1 )       (2 )       (3)     

Other

                               –      

Balance – January 29, 2012

       $       $ 8       $       $ 8      

Transactions & Acquisition Integration

Concurrent with the Transactions and acquisition integration, management evaluated the operations and performance of individual branches and identified branches for closure or consolidation. In addition, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, as a result of continued acquisition integration efforts, the decline in the residential

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

construction market, and the general decline in economic conditions, management evaluated the operations and performance of individual branches and identified branches for closure or consolidation and a reduction in workforce. Under these plans, management closed or consolidated 210 branches and reduced workforce personnel by approximately 4,500 employees. The Company does not expect to incur additional restructuring charges under these plans.

The following table presents the activity for the liability balance, included in Other current liabilities and Other liabilities, related to closure and consolidation activities under the Transactions and Acquisition Integration plans (amounts in millions):

 

         Severance    Occupancy
Costs
   Other    Total  
    

 

 

 

Balance – February 1, 2009

         $ 5          $ 97          $ 3          $  105    
    

 

 

 

Charges, net of reductions

       7            (3)          1            5    

Cash payments

       (12)          (28)          (4)          (44)  

Effects of exchange rates

       –            1            –            1    

Other

       –            (8)          –            (8)  
    

 

 

 

Balance – January 31, 2010

         $ –          $ 59          $ –          $ 59    
    

 

 

 

Charges, net of reductions

       –            2            –            2    

Cash payments

       –            (18)          –            (18)  

Other

       –            1            –            1    
    

 

 

 

Balance – January 30, 2011

         $ –          $ 44          $ –          $ 44    
    

 

 

 

Cash payments

       –            (12)          –            (12)  
    

 

 

 

Balance – January 29, 2012

         $ –          $ 32          $ –          $ 32    
    

 

 

 

The Company regularly reviews the assumptions used to estimate the net present value of the on-going lease liabilities and other occupancy costs, net of expected sublease income. During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an additional $2 million in occupancy costs due to actual results differing from the original assumptions. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, management’s review resulted in a reduction to the lease liabilities due to several favorable lease dispositions, resulting in a reduction to Restructuring expense of $4 million related to previously incurred restructuring charges and a reduction to Selling, general and administrative expense of $8 million related to the lease reserves established under purchase accounting. During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company incurred additional restructuring charges under these plans of $9 million, primarily related to severance.

As of January 29, 2012, approximately $16 million of the liability balances for all branch closure and consolidation activities is classified as a current liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Payments for occupancy costs, which represent the net present value of future lease obligations, including rent, taxes, utilities, etc., less estimated sublease income of the closed branches, are expected to be substantially complete over the next five years, with certain property lease obligations extending out as far as twelve years. The Company continues to actively pursue buyout options or subleasing opportunities for the leased properties. The timing of cash payments related to the branch closure and consolidation activities could change depending on the success and timing of entering into these types of agreements.

NOTE 14 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

HD Supply occupies certain facilities and operates certain equipment and vehicles under leases that expire at various dates through the year 2027. In addition to minimum rentals, there are certain executory costs such as real estate taxes, insurance, and common area maintenance on most of its facility leases. Expense under these leases totaled $151 million, $153 million, and $161 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. Capital leases currently in effect are not material.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Future minimum aggregate rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of January 29, 2012 are as follows (amounts in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

     Operating  
   Leases  

2012

           $ 126       

2013

       102      

2014

       78      

2015

       54      

2016

       36      

Thereafter

       86      
    

 

 

 

Total

         $   482      
    

 

 

 

The Company subleases certain leased facilities to third parties. Total future minimum rentals to be received under non-cancelable subleases as of January 29, 2012 are approximately $19 million. These subleases expire at various dates through the year 2023.

Purchase Obligations

As of January 29, 2012, the Company has agreements in place with various vendors to purchase goods and services, primarily inventory, in the aggregate amount of $701 million. These purchase obligations are generally cancelable, but the Company has no intent to cancel. Payment is due during fiscal 2012 for these obligations.

Internal Revenue Service

The Internal Revenue Service has issued notices of proposed adjustments that propose to disallow certain of the Company’s deductions and the carryback of certain of its net operating losses to taxable years during which the Company was a member of The Home Depot, Inc.’s U.S. federal consolidated income tax return. The Internal Revenue Service is expected to issue in the near future a letter that proposes to assess tax liabilities from such proposed adjustments. The Company is estimating such letter will contain a proposed assessment of tax liabilities for approximately $322 million to $325 million, including accrued interest. The Company believes that the deductions it reported on the tax returns in question and carryback of the net operating losses are accurate and appropriate. Therefore, the Company intends to challenge any proposed assessment by filing a formal protest with the Appeals Division of the Internal Revenue Service. During the protest period, the Company intends to vigorously defend its positions rather than pay any proposed assessments. If the Company is ultimately required to pay any such proposed assessments, it could incur significant liabilities and its cash flows, future results of operations and financial position could be affected in a significant and adverse manner. The carryback of the net operating losses was made in accordance with (and subject to the terms of) an agreement entered into between the Company’s ultimate parent corporation, HDS Investment Holding, Inc., and The Home Depot, Inc.

Legal Matters

HD Supply is involved in various legal proceedings arising in the normal course of its business. The Company establishes reserves for litigation and similar matters when those matters present loss contingencies that it determines to be both probable and reasonably estimable in accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies. In the opinion of management, based on current knowledge, all reasonably estimable and probable matters are believed to be adequately reserved for or covered by insurance and disclosed herein. For all such other matters, management believes the possibility of losses from such matters are remote or such matters are of such kind or involve such amounts that would not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company if disposed of unfavorably.

NOTE 15 — SEGMENT INFORMATION

HD Supply’s operating segments are based on management structure and internal reporting. Each segment offers different products and services to the end customer, except for Corporate, which provides general corporate overhead support and HD Supply Canada (included in Other), which is organized based on geographic location. The Company determines the reportable segments in accordance with the principles of segment reporting within U.S. GAAP (ASC 280, Segment Reporting). For purposes of evaluation under these segment reporting principles, the Chief Operating Decision Maker for HD Supply assesses HD Supply’s ongoing

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

performance, based on the periodic review and evaluation of Net sales, Adjusted EBITDA, and certain other measures for each of the operating segments.

During fiscal 2011, the reportable segment presentation for three operating segments changed as compared to prior periods. The IPVF and CTI operating segments no longer met the quantitative threshold requirements of a reportable segment. In addition, the Electrical operating segment was merged into the Utilities operating segment, which is a reportable segment. As a result, prior period disclosures reflect the change in reportable segments.

In conjunction with the change in reportable segments, management re-evaluated its use of key performance metrics. Historically, the Company has presented operating income excluding certain charges as its measure of operating performance for presentation of segment results. Management uses both operating income excluding certain charges and Adjusted EBITDA in its evaluation of operating segment performance. However, based on the recent evaluation, management concluded that Adjusted EBITDA is the primary metric management uses to assess operating performance. Therefore, current and prior period segment presentation reflects Adjusted EBITDA as the operating performance measure.

HD Supply has four reportable segments, each of which is presented below:

 

   

Facilities Maintenance — Supplies maintenance, repair and operations (“MRO”) products and upgrade and renovation services largely to the multifamily, healthcare, hospitality, and institutional markets.

 

   

Waterworks — Distributes complete lines of water and wastewater transmission products, serving contractors and municipalities in all aspects of the water and wastewater industries.

 

   

Utilities/Electrical — Distributes electrical transmission and distribution products, power plant maintenance, repair and operations supplies, smart-grid technologies, and provides materials management and procurement outsourcing arrangements to investor-owned utilities, municipal and provincial power authorities, rural electric cooperatives and utility contractors and distributes electrical products such as wire and cable, switch gear supplies, lighting and conduit to residential and commercial contractors.

 

   

White Cap — Distributes specialized hardware, tools, building materials, and safety equipment to professional contractors.

In addition to the reportable segments, the Company’s consolidated financial results include an Other category, Corporate, & Eliminations. Other primarily consists of (i) IPVF, distributes stainless steel and special alloy pipe, plate, sheet, flanges and fittings, as well as high performance valves, actuation services and high-density polyethylene pipes and fittings for oil and gas, petrochemical, power, food and beverage, pulp and paper, mining, and marine industries; IPVF also serves pharmaceutical customers, industrial and mechanical contractors, fabricators, wholesale distributors, exporters and original equipment manufacturers; (ii) Repair & Remodel, offering light remodeling and construction supplies primarily to small remodeling contractors and tradesmen; (iii) Crown Bolt, a retail distribution operator, providing program and packaging solutions, sourcing, distribution, and in-store service, primarily serving Home Depot; (iv) CTI, offering turnkey supply and installation services for multiple interior finish options, including flooring, cabinets, countertops, and window coverings, along with comprehensive design center services for residential, commercial, and senior living projects; and (v) HD Supply Canada, comprised of HD Supply’s Canadian operations (other than the Canadian utilities operations, which is included in the Utilities/Electrical segment, and Commercial Direct, which is included in the Facilities Maintenance segment). Corporate has enterprise management responsibility and centralized support functions for some of the segments, information technology, human resources, sourcing and support services. Eliminations remove intersegment transactions.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The following tables present Net sales, Adjusted EBITDA, and certain other measures for each of the reportable segments and total continuing operations for the periods indicated (amounts in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year 2011  
       Net
   Sales
     Adjusted
EBITDA
    Depreciation(1)
& Software
Amortization
     Other
Intangible
Amortization
     Total
Assets(2)
     Capital  
Expen-
ditures  
 

Facilities Maintenance

     $ 1,870           $ 318            $ 30                 $ 75               $ 2,264           $ 32     

Waterworks

       1,772           112          5               95               1,562           5     

Utilities/Electrical

       1,625           50          5               20               775           5     

White Cap

       981           17          14               19               481           16     

Other, Corporate, & Eliminations

       1,476           72          33               50               1,656           56     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total continuing operations

     $ 7,724           $   569            $   87                 $ 259               $   6,738           $   114     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year 2010  
     Net
Sales
     Adjusted
  EBITDA  
    Depreciation(1)
& Software
  Amortization  
     Other
Intangible
  Amortization  
       Total  
   Assets(2)  
     Capital  
Expen-
ditures  
 

Facilities Maintenance

   $   1,682         $   282        $     28         $     75         $   2,265         $   20     

Waterworks

     1,659           94          5           94             1,582           2     

Utilities/Electrical

     1,462           49          5           19             740           2     

White Cap

     852           (10 )       20           19             439           3     

Other, Corporate, & Eliminations

     1,360           42          43           52             2,063           20     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total continuing operations

   $   7,015         $   457        $   101             $   259             $   7,089         $   47     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year 2009  
     Net
Sales
     Adjusted
EBITDA
    Depreciation(1)
& Software
Amortization
     Other  
Intangible  
Amortization  
     Total
Assets(2)
     Capital  
Expen-
ditures  
 

Facilities Maintenance

   $   1,609         $   279        $     24         $     73         $   2,341         $   28     

Waterworks

     1,652           99          5           95           1,695           2     

Utilities/Electrical

     1,410           40          5           19           711           3     

White Cap

     872           (31 )       25           20           487           4     

Other, Corporate, & Eliminations

     1,404           –          64           51           2,611           20     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total continuing operations

       $   6,947         $   387        $   123         $   258         $   7,845         $   57     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (1) Depreciation includes amounts recorded within Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
  (2) Total Assets include amounts attributable to discontinued operations for the periods prior to the dispositions.

Reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

       Fiscal 2011          Fiscal 2010          Fiscal 2009    

Total Adjusted EBITDA

       $  569             $   457             $   387     

Depreciation and amortization

       346             360             381     

Stock-based compensation

       20             17             18     

Management fees and expenses

       5             5             5     

Restructuring

       –             8             21     

Goodwill impairment

       –             –             224     

Other

       (1)           1             1     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

       199             66             (263)   

Interest expense

       639             623             602     

Other (income) expense, net

       –             (1)           (208)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

       (440)           (556)           (657)   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

       79             28             (188)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

       $  (519)           $  (584)           $  (469)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales for HD Supply outside the United States, primarily Canada, were $462 million, $419 million, and $422 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. Long-lived assets of HD Supply outside the United States were $18 million and $29 million as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011, respectively.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

NOTE 16 — SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

The Company has issued 12.0% Senior Notes and 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively the “Notes”) guaranteed by certain of its subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The Guarantor Subsidiaries are direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The subsidiaries of the Company that do not guarantee the Notes (“Non-guarantor Subsidiaries”) are direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company and include the Company’s operations in Canada and a non-operating subsidiary in the United States that holds an investment of $327 million in principal, $261 million net of the discount at January 29, 2012, of the Company’s 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes, which is eliminated in consolidation.

In connection with the Notes, the Company determined the need for compliance with Rule 3-10 of SEC Regulation S-X (“Rule 3-10”). In lieu of providing separate audited financial statements for the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Company has included the accompanying Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements in accordance with Rule 3-10(d) of SEC Regulation S-X. The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a consolidating basis, the condensed statements of operations, the condensed balance sheets, and the condensed statements of cash flows for the parent company issuer of the Notes HD Supply, Inc. (the “Parent Issuer”), for the Guarantor Subsidiaries and for the Non-guarantor Subsidiaries and total consolidated HD Supply, Inc. and subsidiaries (amounts in millions):

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENTS

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 29, 2012  
            Parent
      Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  

Net Sales

             $    –       $    7,295       $    429       $    –       $    7,724    

Cost of sales

               5,228         317                 5,545    
    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

               2,067         112                 2,179    

Operating expenses:

                      

Selling, general and administrative

       80         1,468         88                 1,636    

Depreciation and amortization

       12         330         2                 344    
    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

       92         1,798         90                 1,980    

Operating Income (Loss)

       (92 )       269         22                 199    

Interest expense

       722         325         1         (409 )       639    

Interest (income)

       (326 )       (3 )       (80 )       409            

Net loss of equity affiliates

       30                         (30 )          
    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

       (518 )       (53 )       101         30         (440 )  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

       32         10         37                 79    
    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

       (550 )       (63 )       64         30         (519 )  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

       7         (32 )       1                 (24 )  
    

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

             $   (543 )     $   (95 )     $   65       $   30       $   (543 )  
    

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENTS(Continued)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2011  
            Parent
      Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  

Net Sales

             $    –       $    6,628       $    387       $    –       $    7,015    

Cost of sales

               4,759         287                 5,046    
    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

               1,869         100                 1,969    

Operating expenses:

                      

Selling, general and administrative

       81         1,381         75                 1,537    

Depreciation and amortization

       16         339         3                 358    

Restructuring

               8                         8    
    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

       97         1,728         78                 1,903    

Operating Income (Loss)

       (97 )       141         22                 66    

Interest expense

       701         333                 (411 )       623    

Interest (income)

       (333 )       (4 )       (74 )       411            

Other (income) expense, net

       (1 )                               (1 )  

Net loss of equity affiliates

       178                         (178 )          
    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

       (642 )       (188 )       96         178         (556 )  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

       (17 )       6         39                 28    
    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

       (625 )       (194 )       57         178         (584 )  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

       6         (41 )                       (35 )  
    

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

             $   (619 )     $ (235 )     $   57       $ 178       $   (619 )  
    

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2010
             Parent
        Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total      

Net Sales

             $   –       $   6,606       $   341       $   –       $ 6,947    

Cost of sales

               4,793         256                 5,049    
    

 

 

 

Gross Profit

               1,813         85                 1,898    

Operating expenses:

                      

Selling, general and administrative

       83         1,389         68                 1,540    

Depreciation and amortization

       22         351         3                 376    

Restructuring

       1         21         (1 )               21    

Goodwill impairment

               201         23                 224    
    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

       106         1,962         93                 2,161    

Operating Income (Loss)

       (106 )       (149 )       (8 )               (263 )  

Interest expense

       679         340                 (417 )       602    

Interest (income)

       (339 )       (12 )       (66 )       417            

Other (income) expense, net

       (206 )       7         (9 )               (208 )  

Net loss of equity affiliates

       348                         (348 )          
    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Before Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

       (588 )       (484 )       67         348         (657 )  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

       (70 )       (138 )       20                 (188 )  
    

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations

       (518 )       (346 )       47         348         (469 )  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

       4         (48 )       (1 )               (45 )  
    

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

             $   (514 )     $ (394 )     $   46       $   348       $   (514 )  
    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

     January 29, 2012
    

      Parent

      Issuer

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations   Total    
    

 

 

 

ASSETS

                        

Current assets:

                        

Cash and cash equivalents

             $   49       $   12        $   50         $       $   111    

Receivables, net

       4         922          97          (21 )       1,002    

Inventories

               1,027          81                  1,108    

Deferred tax asset

               89          2          (33 )       58    

Other current assets

       8         34          5                  47    
    

 

 

 

Total current assets

       61         2,084          235          (54 )       2,326    
    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

       61         331          6                  398    

Goodwill

               3,143          8                  3,151    

Intangible assets, net

               731          4                  735    

Deferred tax asset

       158                  6          (164 )          

Investment in subsidiaries

       3,456                           (3,456 )          

Intercompany notes receivable

       2,774         641                   (3,415 )          

Other assets

       122         6          261          (261 )       128    
    

 

 

 

Total assets

             $   6,632       $   6,936        $   520        $ (7,350 )     $   6,738    
    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                        

Current liabilities:

                        

Accounts payable

             $ 21       $ 648        $ 45        $       $ 714    

Accrued compensation and benefits

       42         93          5                  140    

Current installments of long-term debt

       82                                   82    

Deferred tax liabilities

       33                           (33 )          

Other current liabilities

       284         104          11          (21 )       378    
    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

       462         845          61          (54 )       1,314    
    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

       5,641                           (261 )       5,380    

Deferred tax liabilities

               275                   (164 )       111    

Intercompany notes payable

       641         2,774                   (3,415 )          

Other liabilities

       316         37          8                  361    
    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       7,060         3,931          69          (3,894 )       7,166    
    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

       (428 )       3,005          451          (3,456 )       (428 )  
    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

             $   6,632       $   6,936        $   520        $ (7,350 )     $   6,738    
    

 

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

 

 

     January 30, 2011
    

      Parent

      Issuer

   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   Eliminations   Total      
    

 

 

 

ASSETS

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

             $   249        $   8        $   35        $   –       $   292    

Receivables, net

       2          830          75                  907    

Inventories

                958          77                  1,035    

Deferred tax asset

       40          62          4          (4 )       102    

Intercompany receivable

                3                   (3 )          

Other current assets

       9          35          1                  45    
    

 

 

 

Total current assets

       300          1,896          192          (7 )       2,381    
    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

       62          322          6                  390    

Goodwill

                3,132          18                  3,150    

Intangible assets, net

                988          4                  992    

Deferred tax asset

       117                            (117 )          

Investment in subsidiaries

       2,752                            (2,752 )          

Intercompany notes receivable

       3,054          304                   (3,358 )          

Other assets

       172          4          203          (203 )       176    
    

 

 

 

Total assets

             $   6,457        $   6,646        $   423        $   (6,437 )     $   7,089    
    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

             $   20        $   730        $   55        $   –       $   805    

Accrued compensation and benefits

       32          80          6                  118    

Current installments of long-term debt

       10                                    10    

Intercompany payables

                         3          (3 )          

Other current liabilities

       157          104          11                  272    
    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

       219          914          75          (3 )       1,205    
    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

       5,423                            (184 )       5,239    

Deferred tax liabilities

                222                   (121 )       101    

Intercompany notes payable

       304          3,054                   (3,358 )          

Other liabilities

       415          45          7          (19 )       448    
    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       6,361          4,235          82          (3,685 )       6,993    
    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

       96          2,411          341          (2,752 )       96    
    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

             $   6,457        $   6,646        $   423        $   (6,437 )     $   7,089    
    

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOW STATEMENTS

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 29, 2012
    

Parent

Issuer

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total      
    

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

             $   (629 )     $   458       $   6       $   –       $   (165 )  

Cash flows from investing activities

                      

Capital expenditures

       (15 )       (98 )       (2 )               (115 )  

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

               4                         4    

Payments for businesses acquired

               (21 )                       (21 )  

Proceeds from sale of a business

       117                 11                 128    

Purchase of investments

       (21 )       (2 )                       (23 )  

Proceeds from sale of investments

       21                                 21    

Proceeds from (payments of) intercompany notes

               (337 )               337            
    

 

 

 

Net cash flows from investing activities

       102         (454 )       9         337         (6 )  

Cash flows from financing activities

                      

Borrowings (repayments) of intercompany notes

       337                         (337 )          

Repayments of long-term debt

       (10 )                               (10 )  

Borrowings on long-term revolver

       1,053                                 1,053    

Repayments of long-term revolver

       (1,053 )                               (1,053 )  
    

 

 

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

       327                         (337 )       (10 )  

Effect of exchange rates on cash

                                          
    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash & cash equivalents

             $   (200 )     $   4       $ 15       $   –       $   (181 )  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

       249         8         35                 292    
    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

             $   49       $   12       $   50       $   –       $   111    
    

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2011  
    

Parent

Issuer

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total      
    

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

             $   452       $ 83       $   16       $   –       $   551    

Cash flows from investing activities

                      

Capital expenditures

       (6 )       (41 )       (2 )               (49 )  

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

               4                         4    

Proceeds from (payments of) intercompany notes

               (46 )               46            

Return of investment

       33                         (33 )          
    

 

 

 

Net cash flows from investing activities

       27         (83 )       (2 )       13         (45 )  

Cash flows from financing activities

                      

Equity contribution (return of capital)

       1                 (33 )       33         1    

Borrowings (repayments) of intercompany notes

       46                         (46 )          

Repayments of long-term debt

       (40 )                               (40 )  

Borrowings on long-term revolver

       178                                 178    

Repayments of long-term revolver

       (860 )                               (860 )  

Debt modification and issuance costs

       (34 )                               (34 )  
    

 

 

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

       (709 )               (33 )       (13 )       (755 )  

Effect of exchange rates on cash

                       2                 2    
    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash & cash equivalents

             $   (230 )     $   –       $   (17 )     $   –       $   (247 )  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

       479         8         52                 539    
    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

             $   249       $   8       $   35       $   –       $   292    
    

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING CASH FLOW STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2010  
    

Parent

Issuer

    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Total        
  

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

           $   51      $    16      $    13      $    (11   $    69     

Cash flows from investing activities

            

Capital expenditures

     (9     (48     (1            (58  

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     1        7                      8     

Refunds (payments) for businesses acquired, net of cash acquired

     22        (16     (3     3        6     

Proceeds from sale of a business

     6                      (3     3     

(Payments for) proceeds from debt & other investments

            5        (67     62            

Investments in equity affiliates

     (62                   62            

Proceeds from (payments of) intercompany notes

     12        39               (51         
  

 

 

Net cash flows from investing activities

     (30     (13     (71     73        (41  

Cash flows from financing activities

            

Equity contribution

                   51        (51         

Borrowings (repayments) of intercompany notes

     (39     (12            51            

Repayments of long-term debt

     (10                   (62     (72  

Borrowings on long-term revolver

     5                             5     

Repayments of long-term revolver

     (196                          (196  
  

 

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

     (240     (12     51        (62     (263  

Effect of exchange rates on cash

                   3               3     
  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash & cash equivalents

     (219     (9     (4            (232  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     698        17        56               771     
  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

           $   479      $   8      $   52      $   –      $ 539     
  

 

 

NOTE 17 —QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the quarterly consolidated results of operations for the fiscal years ended January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011 (amounts in millions):

 

     Net Sales        Gross Profit        Net Income  
(Loss)  
 

Fiscal Year Ended January 29, 2012:

        

First Quarter

           $    1,778                 $   501                 $    (164)     

Second Quarter

     2,045           573           (101)     

Third Quarter

     2,075           580           (105)     

Fourth Quarter

     1,826           525           (173)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2011

           $   7,724                 $  2,179                 $    (543)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2011:

        

First Quarter

           $   1,697                 $ 475                 $   (202)     

Second Quarter

     1,854           517           (115)     

Third Quarter

     1,874           522           (99)     

Fourth Quarter

     1,590           455           (203)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2010

           $   7,015                 $   1,969                 $   (619)     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the changes to the previously reported quarterly financial data in order to conform presentation to reflect discontinued operations (amounts in millions):

 

     Net Sales        Gross Profit        Net Income  
(Loss)  
 

Fiscal Year Ended January 29, 2012:

        

First Quarter

           $   (110)                 $   (26)                 $   –     

Second Quarter

     (112)           (28)           –     

Third Quarter

     –             –             –     

Fourth Quarter

     –             –             –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2011

           $   (222)                 $   (54)                 $ –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

     Net Sales        Gross Profit        Net Income  
(Loss)  
 

Fiscal Year Ended January 30, 2011:

        

First Quarter

     $  (114)           $   (27)           $  –     

Second Quarter

     (120)           (30)           –     

Third Quarter

     (119)           (26)           –     

Fourth Quarter

     (109)           (25)           –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2010

             $  (462)                   $  (108)                   $  –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On March 8, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in its Industrial Pipes, Valves and Fittings business to Shale-Inland Holdings LLC for approximately $469 million. The transaction is expected to close in March 2012 upon the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including certain financing conditions and obtaining requisite government approvals.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's "disclosure controls and procedures" (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of January 29, 2012.

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f), during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and, even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the management of the Company, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of January 29, 2012 based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on its evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, the management of the Company concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 29, 2012.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm due to an exemption established by rules of the SEC for non-accelerated filers. Our independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 29, 2012 in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, additional control deficiencies may have been identified by our independent registered public accounting firm and those control deficiencies could have also represented one or more material weaknesses.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The following table sets forth the executive officers and directors of HD Supply. The respective age of each individual in the table below is as of March 23, 2012.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Joseph J. DeAngelo

   50    Chief Executive Officer, Director of Holding and HD Supply

Ronald J. Domanico

   53    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ricardo Nunez

   47    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Vidya Chauhan

   54    Senior Vice President, Strategic Business Development

Michele M. Markham

   49    Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Margaret Newman

   43    Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Marketing & Communications

Joseph Izganics

   50    Senior Vice President, HD Supply

Jerry Webb

   54    President, HD Supply Waterworks

Anesa Chaibi

   45    President, HD Supply Facilities Maintenance

John Stegeman

   51    Executive President, HD Supply and President, HD Supply White Cap

Rick J. McClure

   53    President, HD Supply Utilities

Michael L. Stanwood

   59    President, HD Supply IPVF

Steven Margolius

   53    Chief Operating Officer, HD Supply Utilities/Electrical and HD Supply Chief Commercial Officer

Richard Fiechter

   61    President, HD Supply Repair & Remodel

Gary Landress

   60    President, Crown Bolt

Vasken Altounian

   52    President, HD Supply Canada

James G. Berges

   64    Chairman of the Board of Directors of Holding and HD Supply

Brian Bernasek

   39    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Paul B. Edgerley

   56    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Allan M. Holt

   60    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Mitchell Jacobson

   61    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Lew Klessel

   44    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Gregory Ledford

   54    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Nathan K. Sleeper

   38    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Stephen M. Zide

   52    Director of Holding and HD Supply

Joseph J. DeAngelo has been Chief Executive Officer since January 2005 and has been a director of Holding and HD Supply since August 30, 2007. Mr. DeAngelo served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Home Depot from January 2007 through August 30, 2007. From August 2005 to December 2006, he served as Senior Vice President — HD Supply. From January 2005 to August 2005, Mr. DeAngelo served as Senior Vice President — Home Depot Supply, Pro Business and Tool Rental and from April 2004 through January 2005, he served as Senior Vice President — Pro Business and Tool Rental. Mr. DeAngelo previously served as Executive Vice President of The Stanley Works, a tool manufacturing company, from March 2003 through April 2004. From 1986 until April 2003, Mr. DeAngelo held various positions with General Electric Company. His final position with GE was as President and Chief Executive Officer of GE TIP/Modular Space, a division of GE Capital. Mr. DeAngelo holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting and Economics from the State University of New York at Albany.

Ronald J. Domanico has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2010, joining HD Supply from Caraustar Industries, Inc., a leading manufacturer of recycled paperboard and converter of paperboard products, where he served as vice president and chief financial officer beginning October 2002. Caraustar and certain of its subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions on May 31, 2009 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Georgia seeking relief under the provisions of chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and successfully emerged from bankruptcy in August 2009. Prior to joining Caraustar, Mr. Domanico was executive vice president and chief financial officer at AHL Services, Inc. From 1981 to 2000, he worked at Kraft Foods and Nabisco in progressively senior roles of increasing responsibility in financial management, operations,

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

planning and business development. Mr. Domanico’s last eleven years at Kraft and Nabisco, including seven years living abroad, were in chief financial officer positions. When he left the company, he was senior vice president and Chief Financial Officer for Nabisco International and Chief Executive Officer for Nabisco Asia. Mr. Domanico was named to the Caraustar board of directors in May 2006 and served until his departure in 2009. He is also a board member of the Georgia Council on Economic Education, The Coles College of Business at Kennesaw State University, the Georgia Amateur Wrestling Association and the Fellowship of Christian Athletes – Wrestling and also serves on the advisory board of the CFO Roundtable. Mr. Domanico holds an M.B.A. with a concentration in Finance from the University of Illinois in Urbana-Champaign.

Ricardo Nunez has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since August 2007 and is responsible for managing our Legal, Real Estate, Loss Prevention, Corporate Security, Business Continuity, and Environmental, Health and Safety operations. Mr. Nunez served as Vice President of Legal Operations of The Home Depot, Inc. from August 2005 to August 2007. Previously, he held leadership positions at General Electric (GE) Energy, which included lead legal counsel responsible for global manufacturing and sourcing, global compliance, and sales of products and services. Prior to joining GE Energy, Mr. Nunez served as counsel at Esso Inter-America Inc., the Exxon affiliate, responsible for downstream operations throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. Mr. Nunez also spent four years at Steel, Hector & Davis, a law firm based in Florida, where he practiced real estate and land use law primarily. He is active in various civic and charitable organizations and currently sits on the board of directors of several of those organizations. Mr. Nunez holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a J.D. from Columbia Law School.

Vidya Chauhan has served as Senior Vice President, Strategic Business Development since July 2005. Prior to that, he worked as a consultant to Home Depot from October 2004 to July 2005. Mr. Chauhan pursued personal and other interests between December 2000 and October 2004. Prior to working with Home Depot and HD Supply, he worked at General Electric Company for 18 years, most recently in the position of Vice President and Chief Risk Officer for GE Auto Financial, between 1998 and 2000. Mr. Chauhan has also held several business development and leadership roles within GE Capital Services, Corporate Audit Staff and the Aerospace division between 1982 and 1998. Before commencing his corporate career, Mr. Chauhan was a Lieutenant with the U.S. Navy Submarine Force, where he served for five years as a Nuclear Engineer. He is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania with a degree in Mathematics and Physics.

Michele M. Markham has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since she joined HD Supply in November 2005. Prior to joining HD Supply, Ms. Markham worked for General Electric Infrastructure as Global Indirect Sourcing Manager from June 2004 until November 2005. Ms. Markham was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer at GE Capital–TIP/Modular Space from May 2002 until June 2004. From May 1995 until May 2002, she worked at GE Appliances in various Finance and Information Technology leadership roles. From March 1987 until May 1995, Ms. Markham worked at GE Plastics holding Finance, Sales and Information Technology positions. Ms. Markham holds an M.B.A., with a Finance concentration from Union College and holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Siena College.

Margaret Newman has served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Marketing and Communications since July 2008, after having joined HD Supply in April 2007. Prior to joining HD Supply, Ms. Newman held senior HR leadership roles at Conseco Insurance Group, from August 2005 to April 2007, and at Sears Roebuck and Company, from September 1997 to August 2005. She has over 19 years of business experience in the manufacturing industry, building her expertise in organizational effectiveness, acquisition and integration, benefits design, talent acquisition and management, leadership development, and employee engagement. Ms. Newman holds a bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Coe College and master’s degree in Sociology from the University of Wisconsin.

Joseph Izganics has served as Senior Vice President, HD Supply since April 2010 leading the Creative Touch Interiors, Crown Bolt, HD Supply Repair & Remodel, and HD Supply Canada businesses. Prior to joining HD Supply, Mr. Izganics served as a division president for The Home Depot, where he was responsible for 800 stores across the Eastern United States. He joined The Home Depot in 1989 as an Assistant Manager in training and worked his way up through various leadership positions to Division President. With more than nineteen years of experience, he has served as Store Manager, District Manager, Regional Vice President and Division President for The Home Depot. From 2005 to 2007, he served as Senior Vice President of Pro Business and Tool Rental of Home

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Depot and served as its Senior Vice President of Services from 2002 to 2005. Prior to joining The Home Depot, he helped start a garden center business and held management positions with Mr. Goodbuys Home Center.

Jerry Webb has served as President, HD Supply Waterworks since March 2007. Mr. Webb joined the HD Supply team in connection with the acquisition of National Waterworks Holdings, Inc., by HD Supply in August 2005. Mr. Webb previously served as Vice President of the Southeast Region of National Waterworks and, subsequent to our acquisition of National Waterworks, of HD Supply Waterworks from November 2002 through March 2007. Mr. Webb started his career as a sales representative with Davis Water and Waste Industries from 1986 until 1988, and worked as a Branch Manager from 1988 until 1995. He then served as National Sales Manager of Davis Water between 1995 and 1996. Following the acquisition of Davis by U.S. Filter, Mr. Webb served as Vice President for the Southeast Region of U.S. Filter from 1996 until 2002. Mr. Webb received a B.B.A. degree in Accounting from Valdosta State University.

Anesa Chaibi has served as President, HD Supply Facilities Maintenance since September 2005. Ms. Chaibi served as General Manager of Global Quality and Commercial Operations for GE Water & Process Technologies in 2005. From 2003 until 2005, Ms. Chaibi was General Manager, Global Sourcing at GE Water & Process Technologies, and in 2004, became the General Manager, Global Sourcing for GE Infrastructure. In 2001, Ms. Chaibi joined GE Power Systems as General Manager, Product Management and Operations for the Digital Energy business unit, and in January 2002, she was appointed General Manager for the Advanced Power Systems division, a position she held through April 2003. Ms. Chaibi started her career with General Electric in 1989 in the Technical Leadership Program, and held roles of increasing responsibility throughout GE Silicones and GE Plastics until 1995. After receiving her M.B.A. at Duke University in 1997, she returned to General Electric as a manager for Corporate Initiatives in 1998, having worked as a consultant for the CSC Index from 1997 to 1998. Ms. Chaibi received her undergraduate degree in Chemical Engineering from West Virginia University.

John Stegeman joined HD Supply in April 2010 as Executive President. Effective September 2010, Mr. Stegeman was also appointed to serve as President, HD Supply White Cap, in addition to continuing his role of providing strategic input to HD Supply Waterworks, HD Supply Electrical, and HD Supply Plumbing/HVAC in his Executive President role. Prior to joining HD Supply, Mr. Stegeman was most recently president and CEO of Ferguson Enterprises, headquartered in Newport News, Virginia from 2005 to 2009. He began his career with Ferguson in 1985 as a management trainee and advanced through the company holding various management positions in three of Ferguson’s five business groups: Waterworks, Plumbing, and Heating and Air Conditioning. Mr. Stegeman made a major impact on the Waterworks business group, where he was senior vice president before being named Chief Operating Officer of Ferguson in May 2005. Mr. Stegeman received a bachelor’s degree from Virginia Tech and has attended advanced management programs at Wharton School of Business, IMD, Duke’s Fuqua School of Business, University of Virginia Darden School of Business and Columbia University.

Rick J. McClure has served as President, HD Supply Utilities since March 2006. He served in the same position at Hughes Supply from March 2004, and was Vice President of Utilities at Hughes Supply from August 2002 until March 2004. Mr. McClure was President and Chief Executive Officer of Utiliserve from 1997 to August 2002, and spent almost 20 years in leadership roles within Operations Management and Sales & Operations Management at Utiliserve between 1978 and 2002. Mr. McClure holds a degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Colorado at Denver.

Michael L. Stanwood has served as President, HD Supply IPVF since our acquisition of Hughes Supply in March 2006. Prior to March 2006, Mr. Stanwood served as President IPVF for Hughes Supply. Prior to joining Hughes Supply, Mr. Stanwood was President and Owner of Southwest Stainless based in Houston, Texas. Mr. Stanwood led Southwest Stainless for 21 years until its acquisition by Hughes Supply in 1996.

Steven Margolius has served as Chief Operating Officer, HD Supply Utilities/Electric and HD Supply Chief Commercial Officer since April 2011. Mr. Margolius served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of United Sporting Companies from April 2010 until March 2011. Mr. Margolius served as President, HD Supply Electrical from April 2006 to March 2010 and as President, HD Supply Plumbing/HVAC from July 2009 to March 2010. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Margolius served for five years as Vice President of Finance and Support Services for Arrow Electronics, North American Components Division. In addition to his financial role at Arrow, he led the Logistics organization and served as the leader for the Global Lean Sigma initiative. Mr. Margolius spent 15 years with General Electric Company, most recently serving as the General Manager for Pricing at GE Appliances. While with GE, he held multiple financial leadership roles in the areas of Global

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Financial Planning and Analysis, Sales and Marketing, and Manufacturing. His GE assignments have been in Europe and the U.S. and spanned the Power Systems, Plastics, Silicones, and Appliances businesses as well as the Corporate Audit Staff. Mr. Margolius is a graduate of the State University of New York and has received additional executive education at the Harvard Business School and the Stanford Business School.

Richard Fiechter has served as President, HD Supply, Repair & Remodel since June 2005. During his 26-year tenure with HD Supply and its predecessor companies, Mr. Fiechter has held various positions from Regional Manager to President, including serving as Vice President, General Manager of Contractors’ Warehouse from April 1997 to June 2005. Prior to HD Supply, Mr. Fiechter was employed for 10 years by Payless Cashways, a home improvement products chain in the Midwest. Before Payless, Mr. Fiechter was a protégé of Ron Carver, owner of Carver Lumber, for over four years. Mr. Fiechter completed military service in 1976 as a Drill Sergeant in the United States Army. Mr. Fiechter serves as a director of Satori Academy.

Raymond “Gary” Landress has served as the President of Crown Bolt since July 5, 2011. Prior to joining Crown Bolt, from 1998 to 2011, Mr. Landress served as the Senior Vice President at Fu Hsing Americas, a Taiwanese door lock manufacturing company, where he was responsible for the company’s U.S. operations and supporting top-tier customers. From 1992 to 1998 Mr. Landress served as the Senior Vice President and GM at Test Rite and from 1986 to 1992 he served as the Senior Vice President and COO at Titon Industries, where he led Operations, Manufacturing, Supply Chain, Sourcing, Sales, Merchandising, Marketing, and Product/Package Design.

Vasken Altounian has served as President, HD Supply Canada since January 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Altounian was Chief Executive Officer of Rtica Corp., a development stage company in the insulation industry, from March 2007 to December 2007. Prior to joining Rtica Corp., Mr. Altounian spent 24 years with Delta Faucet Company, a division of Masco Corp., where he served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing, globally at Delta Faucet in Indianapolis, from May 2005 to February 2007 and served as President of Delta Faucet Canada from April 1999 to May 2005. Mr. Altounian has a B.E. in Mechanical Engineering from the American University of Beirut, an M.S. in Industrial Engineering from Columbia University and an M.B.A. from Indiana University.

James G. Berges has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Holding since August 30, 2007 and of HD Supply since November 19, 2009. Mr. Berges has been an operating partner of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. since 2005. Mr. Berges was President of Emerson Electric Co. from 1999 and served as director of Emerson Electric Co. since 1997 until his retirement in 2005. Emerson Electric Co. is a global manufacturer of products, systems and services for industrial automation, process control, HVAC, electronics and communications, and appliances and tools. Mr. Berges holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Notre Dame. He is a director of PPG Industries, Inc., NCI Building Systems, Inc., and Atkore International and chairman of the board of Sally Beauty Holdings, Inc. and Hussman International, Inc. He also served as director of MKS Instruments, Inc. from February 2002 to May 2007 and Diversey, Inc. from 2009 to 2010.

Brian Bernasek became a director of Holding and of HD Supply on January 31, 2011. Mr. Bernasek is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group where he focuses on investment opportunities primarily in the industrial and transportation sectors. Since joining The Carlyle Group in 2000, Mr. Bernasek has been actively involved in several of the firm’s investments, including Allison Transmission, AxleTech International, Rexnord Corporation and The Hertz Corporation. Prior to joining The Carlyle Group, Mr. Bernasek held positions with Investcorp International, a private equity firm, and in the investment banking division of Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Bernasek is a graduate of the University of Notre Dame and received his M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. He is also a member of the Board of Directors of Allison Transmission and The Hertz Corporation.

Paul B. Edgerley became a director of Holding on August 30, 2007 and of HD Supply on November 19, 2009. Mr. Edgerley joined Bain Capital in 1988 and has been a Managing Director since 1990. Paul focuses on investment in the industrial and consumer product sectors. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of The Boston Celtics, Steel Dynamics, Sensata Technologies, MEI Conlux and Hero MotoCorp. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Edgerley spent five years at Bain & Company where he worked as a Consultant and Manager in the healthcare, information services, retail and automobile industries. Previously, he was a certified public accountant working at Peat Marwick, Mitchell & Company. Mr. Edgerley was awarded an MBA with distinction from Harvard Business School and a BS from Kansas State University.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Allan M. Holt became a director of Holding and of HD Supply on June 18, 2007. Mr. Holt, a Partner and Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, is currently the co-head of the U.S. Buyout group focusing on opportunities in the Aerospace/Defense/Government Services, Automotive & Transportation, Consumer, Healthcare, Industrial, Technology and Telecom/Media sectors. Mr. Holt is a graduate of Rutgers University and received his M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. He serves on the boards of directors of Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corp., HCR Manor Care, Inc., NBTY, Inc., and SS&C Technologies, Inc., as well as on the non-profit boards of directors of The Barker Foundation Endowment Fund (as Trustee), The Hillside Foundation, Inc., The National Children’s Museum and The Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum.

Mitchell Jacobson became a director of Holding on October 15, 2007 and of HD Supply on November 19, 2009. Mr. Jacobson has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of MSC Industrial Direct Co., Inc. (“MSC”) since January 1998. Mr. Jacobson also served as President of MSC from December 1995 until November 2003 and as Chief Executive Officer from December 1995 until November 2005. Mr. Jacobson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Sid Tool Co., Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MSC, from June 1982 to November 2003, continuing as Chief Executive Officer until November 2005. Mr. Jacobson currently serves on the Board of Directors of Wolfgang Puck Worldwide. In addition, he serves on the Board of Trustees for New York University and the Board of Trustees for New York University School of Law, and is the Chair of the New York University School of Law Foundation Investment Committee. He serves as a Trustee for New York Presbyterian Hospital, as the Chair for New York Presbyterian Hospital Hedge Fund Sub-Committee, and as the Vice Chair of the Committee on Patient Centered Care and Service Quality. Further, he is a director of the Sid Jacobson Jewish Community Center. Mr. Jacobson is a graduate of Brandeis University and the New York University School of Law.

Lew Klessel became a director of Holding on October 15, 2007 and of HD Supply on November 19, 2009. Mr. Klessel is a Managing Director at Bain Capital where he has worked since 2005. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Klessel held a variety of operating and strategy leadership positions from 1997 to 2005 at Home Depot, most recently as President of HD Supply Facilities Maintenance. He has also been a strategy consultant with McKinsey & Company and a Certified Public Accountant with Ernst & Young. Mr. Klessel received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.S. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. He also serves as a director for Michaels Stores and Guitar Center.

Gregory S. Ledford became a director of Holding and of HD Supply on January 31, 2011. Mr. Ledford is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group where he leads U.S. buyout opportunities in the Industrial and Transportation sectors. Since joining The Carlyle Group in 1988, Mr. Ledford has led the firm’s investments in Allison Transmission, AxleTech International, The Hertz Corporation, Horizon Lines, Grand Vehicle Works and Piedmont Holdings. From 1991 to 1997, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Reilly Corp., a former Carlyle portfolio company that was successfully sold in September 1997. Prior to joining The Carlyle Group, Mr. Ledford was Director of Capital Leasing for MCI Telecommunications. Mr. Ledford is a graduate of the University of Virginia’s McIntire School of Commerce, where he serves as the Vice President of the Fountain Board, and received his M.B.A. from Loyola College. Mr. Ledford is also a member of the Board of Directors of Allison Transmission, The Hertz Corporation and Veyance Technologies.

Nathan K. Sleeper became a director of Holding and HD Supply on April 14, 2010. Mr. Sleeper is a partner of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and has significant financial and investment experience from his involvement in its investment in numerous portfolio companies and has played active roles in overseeing those businesses. Prior to joining Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. in 2000, he worked in the investment banking division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and at investment firm Tiger Management Corp. Mr. Sleeper has also served as a director of Hussman International, Inc. since September 2011, Atkore International Group, Inc. since December 2010, NCI Building Systems since October 2009, U.S. Foodservice, Inc. since July 2007, and Culligan Ltd. since October 2004. Mr. Sleeper holds a B.A. from Williams College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Stephen M. Zide became a director of Holding and HD Supply on June 18, 2007. Mr. Zide has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital since 2001 and joined the firm in 1997. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Zide was a Managing Director of Pacific Equity Partners, a strategic partner of Bain Capital in Sydney, Australia. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Zide was a partner of the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, where he was a founding member of the New York office and specialized in representing private equity and venture capital firms. Mr. Zide received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, a J.D. from Boston University School of Law and a B.A. from

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

the University of Rochester. He serves as a director of Sensata Technologies B.V. and Innophos Holdings, Inc. Mr. Zide served as a director of Broder Bros., Co. from July 2003 until he resigned in May 2009.

All of the directors of Holding were appointed by the Equity Sponsors pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement of Holding dated August 30, 2007, as subsequently amended. Each of the Equity Sponsors is also an affiliate of the Company. On November 19, 2009, Holding and HD Supply took certain corporate actions to align the membership of the two Boards of Directors.

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Boards of Directors. We currently have ten directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

We are a closely held corporation, and there is currently no established public trading market for our common stock.

As a result of the Transactions, Holding entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement with its stockholders which provides that the Equity Sponsors are entitled to elect (or cause to be elected) nine out of ten of Holding’s directors, which includes three designees of each Equity Sponsor. The tenth director is our Chief Executive Officer. One of the directors designated by the Equity Sponsor associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. serves as the chairman. Pursuant to an agreement between Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. and Mitchell Jacobson, the fund appointed Mr. Jacobson to serve as a director of Holding for so long as Mr. Jacobson and his immediate family continue to hold certain minimum investments in Holding and certain other conditions are met. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.” As discussed above, the composition of the Board of Directors of Holding mirrors that of HD Supply. There were no material changes in 2011 to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Boards of Directors.

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Boards of Directors to satisfy their oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Boards of Directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of the Boards of Directors considered the following important characteristics:

 

   

Messrs. Berges and Sleeper are representatives appointed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and have significant financial and investment experience from their involvement in Clayton’s investment in numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses;

 

   

Mr. Jacobson, our independent director who was also appointed by CD&R, has extensive experience in our industry, including service as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and in various other executive positions of a large publicly traded industrial supply company;

 

   

Messrs. Ledford, Bernasek and Holt are representatives appointed by The Carlyle Group, and have significant financial and investment experience from their involvement in The Carlyle Group’s investment in numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses;

 

   

Messrs. Zide, Edgerley and Klessel are representatives appointed by Bain Capital Partners LLC (“Bain”), and have significant financial and investment experience from their involvement in Bain’s investment in numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses; and

 

   

Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. DeAngleo, has extensive experience in our industry, including as a senior executive of the Company and its predecessor since 2004, as well as leadership experience with other leading companies, including General Electric Company.

In addition, we believe Mr. Berges’ experience in the manufacturing industry and Mr. Klessel’s experience in the home improvement industry are valuable to our Board of Directors. In addition to private equity, several of the directors representing our Equity Sponsors also have backgrounds in other fields that bring a diversity of experience to our Board, including law – Mr. Zide, investment banking – Mr. Bernasek, strategy consulting – Mr. Klessel, and accounting – Mr. Edgerley. We also value the experience that our directors bring from their other

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

boards. All of the directors appointed by the Equity Sponsors serve on the boards of other public companies (companies with public equity and/or public debt), including numerous portfolio companies.

Board Structure and Leadership

The composition of the Board of Directors for HD Supply and Holding is the same. The Boards consist of ten directors who have diverse backgrounds and experience and are chaired by James G. Berges.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Boards of Directors of both Holding and HD Supply have an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Executive Committee, the composition of which is the same for each of Holding and HD Supply. The Audit Committees, consisting of Messrs. Jacobson, Klessel, and Bernasek, have the responsibility for, among other things, assisting the Board of Directors of HD Supply in reviewing: our financial reporting and other internal control processes; our financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our code of business conduct and ethics. The Compensation Committees, consisting of Messrs. Zide, Bernasek, and Sleeper, have the responsibility for reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, administering our employee benefits plans, authorizing and ratifying stock option grants and other incentive arrangements and authorizing employment and related agreements. The Executive Committees, consisting of Messrs. Bernasek, Berges, and Klessel, meet between meetings of the Boards and have the power to exercise all the powers and authority of the Boards with respect to matters delegated to the Committees by the Boards, except for the limitations under Section 144(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and/or applicable limitations under the companies’ organizational documents.

Code of Conduct and Guidelines for Ethical Behavior

Our Boards maintain a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our senior financial officers including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is available on our website at http://governance.hdsupply.com. We will promptly disclose any future amendments to this code on our website as well as any waivers from this code for executive officers and directors. Copies of this code are also available in print from our Corporate Secretary upon request. We also maintain a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that governs all of our employees.

Audit Committee and Financial Experts

Our Board of Directors has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee. Messrs. Jacobson, Klessel, and Bernasek are the members of the Audit Committee. Mr. Jacobson, an independent director, has been identified as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information regarding the material elements of our fiscal 2011 compensation program for our “named executive officers,” also referred to as the “NEOs.” The NEOs for fiscal 2011 are HD Supply’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three most highly compensated executive officers for fiscal 2011 other than the principal executive and financial officers. The Compensation Committees of Holding’s and HD Supply’s Boards (collectively, the “Committee”), pursuant to their charters, are responsible for establishing, implementing and reviewing on an annual basis both our compensation programs and actual compensation paid to our NEOs, except for our Chief Executive Officer, with respect to whom the Committee’s decisions are subject to the review and final approval of Holding’s Board.

Executive Summary

As a result of improving market conditions, the Company’s execution of key initiatives, and cost saving strategies, the overall financial performance for fiscal 2011 was above expectations. The strong fiscal 2011 performance of the Company resulted in the following compensation decisions:

 

   

All of our NEOs earned a cash award under the annual cash incentive program, the Management Incentive Plan. As a result of our performance exceeding expectations, the awards earned ranged from 132% to 150% of target.

 

   

Key leaders, including the NEOs, were awarded a stock option grant in April 2011. The options are intended to ensure that our current leadership team is retained and remains focused on the execution of key initiatives, and vest in their entirety on the third anniversary of the grant date.

 

   

Steven Margolius was rehired by HD Supply in April 2011. Mr. Margolius was previously employed by us as President, Electrical from April 2006 to March 2010. In connection with his rehiring, his compensation in 2011 included a signing bonus and a stock option grant.

Determining Executive Compensation

At HD Supply, our Human Resources team, in partnership with the Committee, drives the design and implementation of all executive compensation programs. Our finance team heavily supports the process by providing financial analysis and input and review of program design. Except with respect to his own compensation, our Chief Executive Officer has final management-level review of any compensation program before it is sent to the Committee for consideration and approval. The Committee has the task of evaluating and approving our material compensation programs, including our equity compensation program. We frequently consult with the Committee during the design process to obtain their direction and feedback on how the design of our executive compensation programs support the overall strategy of the Company. As described below, data from outside consultants are also used during the design process to obtain further insight into the features of our compensation program.

Philosophy and Objectives

Our company is built on the philosophy of “One Team, Driving Customer Success and Value Creation,” a philosophy we believe is best embodied by our SPIRIT values:

 

Service:

  

Help our customers succeed by delivering exceptional service and the best total value experience

Performance:

  

Exceed our commitments everyday to our team, customers, sponsors and communities

Integrity:

  

Treat team members the way you would like you and your family to be treated

Respect:

  

Always do the right thing and always take the high road

Innovation:

  

Seek new ways to build a reliable, effective and efficient chain of execution for our customers

Teamwork:

  

Win together by creating an environment where every individual puts the team first

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED    HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The Committee and our management believe that fostering these values requires a performance culture geared toward customer success and sustainable, long-term profitability. The Company’s compensation programs are designed to reward achievement of these goals, thereby attracting and retaining talent that will contribute to such a culture. In particular, our executive compensation programs are intended to meet the following objectives:

 

   

To balance commitment, long-term financial success, short-term operational excellence and achievement of short-term goals. This balance includes but is not limited to driving profitable growth while aligning our executives’ long term interests with shareholders’ interests.

 

   

To attract, retain and motivate our top executive talent.

 

   

To differentiate rewards based on outstanding individual performance so as to promote a high performance culture.

In addition, we intend that our compensation programs will be aligned with:

 

   

Our business strategy: Our compensation programs link pay to our strategy by rewarding profitability, long-term growth, excellence in achievement of short-term operational and financial goals and by reinforcing the “One Team” philosophy.

 

   

Our shareholders’ interests: Through the strategic use of equity-based compensation, the total compensation of our executives is directly linked to the sustained value they create for our shareholders.

 

   

Our goal of retaining and motivating key talent: To retain the best executive talent, the total compensation opportunity is designed to provide attractive levels of compensation if performance targets are met and upside opportunity when performance targets are exceeded.

Compensation Consultants and Use of Comparator Data

For the last three fiscal years, the Company has engaged Pearl Meyer & Partners to provide input with respect to our executive compensation programs including a market review of the competitiveness of total compensation of our executives and a review of our equity program. A representative from Pearl Meyer & Partners attends our Committee meetings.

In general, neither the Company nor the Committee has conclusively relied on any of the data or advice received from the consulting firm as to the amount of any particular item of compensation. The consultant provides input which the Company and Committee take into consideration, as the case may be, on the particular element of compensation under consideration.

Comparator Data

The Committee reviews compensation levels and practices at comparator companies in setting the compensation of our NEOs and when reviewing the establishment of the Company’s compensation programs for other associates. The information is used to help the Committee better understand the competitive market and how executives are compensated at other companies that are similar in size or industry, and companies with whom we compete for talent.

Our unique portfolio model makes finding direct comparators challenging. We seek comparators that share a similar industrial distribution model or are a direct competitor to a specific line of business within our portfolio.

Companies are therefore included in the comparator group because they (1) operate in the same business as the Company or one of our portfolio companies (industrial distribution of building supplies), (2) operate in a similar business (distribution of any product), or (3) operate in a similar business model (business to business). The comparator group was developed by management and the Committee, with input from our compensation consultant, and has been used to provide input into both the value of total compensation for executives as well as the relative value of each component of compensation. We do not rely on percentile rankings of compensation within the comparator group to determine specific compensation amounts for the NEOs; rather, the comparator group is used to identify programs and levels of pay, which management and the Committee consider when evaluating our own programs and value of those programs.

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

In fiscal 2011, we used the following comparator group:

 

    Reason included in the comparator group    

Name of company

  Same
            business             
  Similar
            business            
  Similar
        business model    
   

Arrow Electronics Inc.

    X    

Coca-Cola Enterprises

      X  

Conagra Foods

    X    

Danaher, Corp

      X  

Fastenal Co.

    X    

Genuine Parts

      X  

Interline Brands Inc.

  X      

MSC Industrial Direct

    X    

Masco Corp

  X      

Office Depot

    X    

Owens & Minor

    X    

Pepsi Bottling Group

      X  

Staples, Inc.

      X  

Watsco, Inc.

      X  

WESCO International, Inc.

  X      

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

  X      

The comparator group is reviewed and updated each year as appropriate. No changes were made to the fiscal 2011 comparator group as compared to fiscal 2010.

Employment of Chief Operating Officer Utilities/Electrical & Chief Commercial Officer

During fiscal 2011, we rehired one senior executive officer. Steven Margolius was rehired in April 2011 as Chief Operations Officer, Utilities/Electrical and Chief Commercial Officer. Mr. Margolius was previously employed by HD Supply in the role of President, Electrical from April 2006 to March 2010.

Effective April 4, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Margolius which provides for (1) a base salary of $385,000 per year, (2) an annual target bonus of 60% (which is the same target bonus percent in effect when he left the Company), (3) a signing bonus in the amount of $75,000 (subject to a prorated clawback provision should Mr. Margolius voluntarily resign prior to April 4, 2013), and (4) the right to participate in other employee or fringe benefit programs for senior executives, including the Stock Plan. Mr. Margolius received a stock option grant on April 11, 2011 as outlined in his offer of employment. The option grant consisted of 226,417 options having a strike price of $4.15 and a grant date fair value of $464,155 and 339,625 options having a strike price of $10.00 and a grant date fair value of $410,946. These options vest in five equal annual installments on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date. The number of stock options outlined in Mr. Margolius’s letter agreement is consistent with the number of stock options Mr. Margolius forfeited when he left the Company in March 2010. The agreement also contains non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

Components of Compensation

The Company believes that the compensation programs it maintains are important in achieving the compensation goals described above. For fiscal 2011, the principal components of compensation for the named executive officers were:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual cash incentives;

 

   

equity incentive compensation; and

 

   

benefits and perquisites.

We also provided a signing bonus and an equity grant to Mr. Margolius who was rehired in fiscal 2011. Each of our NEOs is party to an employment offer letter from us which contains certain employment and severance arrangements. These severance arrangements are discussed more fully below under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

The design of each component of compensation fits into the overall executive pay program and supports the philosophy and objectives previously discussed in the following manner:

 

Pay component

 

Objective of pay component

 

Key measures

•       Base salary

 

•       Provides competitive pay while managing fixed costs

 

•       Individual performance and contribution

 

•       Scope of responsibilities

 

•       Experience

•       Annual cash incentives

 

•       Focuses on short-term operational metrics that drive and support our long-term strategy

 

•       Where applicable, creates incentives for performance based on performance of individual NEOs’ businesses

 

•       To reward an executive for superior individual performance against non-financial goals

 

•       Achievement of agreed upon operating plan goals in profitability and working capital efficiency

 

•       Achievement of non-financial goals

•       Signing bonuses

 

•       To attract qualified executives

 

•       To compensate an executive for forfeited equity or cash incentives with a prior company

 

•       Individual qualifications and experience

•       Equity awards granted in the form of stock options

 

•       Aligns executive interests to shareholders by rewarding long-term focus on profitability and value creation for the enterprise

 

•       Assists in the retention of key talent

 

•       Creates an “ownership culture”

 

•       Growth in stock value

 

•       Employment retention through the vesting period of the stock options

•       Benefits and perquisites

 

•       Benefits provide a safety net of protection in the case of illness, disability or death.

 

•       Perquisites generally enable the executive to perform their duties efficiently and minimize distractions

 

•       Benefits are provided to executives on the same basis as provided to our salaried associates

 

•       Perquisites are valued by our executives at minimal cost to us

A discussion of each of the components of compensation for the NEOs is below, including a discussion of the factors considered in determining the applicable amount payable or achievable under each component.

Base Salary

Base salaries are set to attract and retain top executive talent while managing fixed costs at an appropriate level. The determination of any particular executive’s base salary is based on personal performance and contribution, experience in the role, changes to the scope of responsibilities, market rates of pay and internal equity. Each year, the Chief Executive Officer, with input from Human Resources, proposes base salary increases, if any, for all NEOs, excluding himself, based on performance and the Company’s merit increase budget. His proposal is reviewed and approved (with or without modifications) or disapproved by the Committee. Changes to Mr. DeAngelo’s base rate of pay are initiated and approved by the Committee directly, subject to the review and final approval of Holding’s Board.

In fiscal 2011, Mr. DeAngelo declined to be considered for a pay increase and Mr. Margolius returned to the Company after annual pay increases had been implemented.

Increases were recommended and approved by the Committee for Mr. Izganics, Mr. Domanico, and Ms. Chaibi. Mr. Izganics received an increase of 20% in fiscal 2011. Thirteen percent of this increase was based on his offer

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

letter agreement of March 2010 and 7% of the increase was to make his base pay more competitive relative to the fiscal 2011 market. Mr. Domanico received a 4% increase, which was in line with the market. Ms. Chaibi received an 11.2% increase based on both merit and market considerations.

Annual Cash Incentives

Annual cash incentives are designed to focus the NEOs on producing superior results against key financial metrics relevant to the Company as a whole or to the individual businesses that the NEO leads. By tying a significant portion of the executive’s total annual cash compensation to annual variable pay, we reinforce our “pay for performance” culture and focus our executives on critical short-term financial and operational objectives which also support our long-term financial goals.

Management Incentive Plan

All of our NEOs participate in the Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”), which provides cash-based incentives dependent on annual results against the key financial metrics described below. A committee which includes Human Resources personnel, the CFO and the Controller (the “MIP Committee”), monitors the MIP to ensure compliance with its intent and terms and to periodically review and make certain recommendations to the Committee, as discussed below.

MIP target payouts to our NEOs are expressed as a percentage of base salary. Annually, these percentage targets are reviewed against comparator data and adjusted, if necessary, based on the Committee’s estimation of what level of targeted payouts is necessary to retain and motivate our executives. In fiscal 2011, management recommended and the Committee approved no changes to the percentage of base pay targets for Ms. Chaibi and Messrs. DeAngelo, Domanico, and Izganics. The percentage of base pay target for Mr. Margolius was set in the terms of his employment letter and is consistent with his percentage of base pay target when he left the Company in March 2010.

For fiscal 2011, MIP performance targets were based on MIP-adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”). For purposes of the MIP, management fees and related expenses paid to the Equity Sponsors and stock-based compensation costs for stock options are excluded from MIP-adjusted EBITDA, both as to the targets and as to MIP-adjusted EBITDA as ultimately determined. In addition, in accordance with the MIP, from time to time throughout the year, the MIP Committee may request that the Committee exclude from the MIP-adjusted EBITDA calculation certain non-recurring items, certain items which are beyond the control of management or certain items which may adversely affect current results but contribute to long-term profitability improvement.

In addition, a working capital charge is added to or subtracted from MIP-adjusted EBITDA to maintain the focus on working capital control. The working capital charge is defined as the difference between the planned and actual rolling twelve months cash gap days converted to dollars and multiplied by one percent (an implied 12% annual rate that approximates our weighted average cost of capital).

For fiscal year 2011, we viewed adjusted EBITDA as the key operating metric that would drive business profitability and the working capital charge as a key metric that would ensure efficient use of working capital. The MIP provides a threshold level (at which 25% of the target percentage of base salary is earned), a target (or “plan”) level (at which 100% of the target percentage of base salary is earned), and a maximum level for superior results (at which 200% of the target percentage of base salary may be earned for associates assigned to one of our specific business units and 150% for associates assigned to our Global Support Center).

 

    

MIP-Adjusted EBITDA

    
    

Performance Required

      

Payout % Earned

    

            Threshold

   Achieve 90% of Plan      25%   

            Plan

   Achieve 100% of Plan      100%   

            Maximum

   Achieve 110% of Plan      150% or 200%   
          

 

Payout = Salary x Target % of Salary x Payout % Earned

 

For fiscal 2011, the MIP goal for the Company as a whole was a MIP-adjusted EBITDA of $512 million (which includes our Plumbing/HVAC business through its sale in September 2011). The Committee, in approving these

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

plan goals in March 2011, viewed these levels as appropriate in order to keep the primary focus on adjusted EBITDA.

We exceeded our goal for fiscal 2011. Our MIP-adjusted EBITDA was $566 million (which includes the results of our Plumbing/HVAC business through its sale in September 2011). As a result, each of our NEOs earned an incentive award. As President of Facilities Maintenance, Ms. Chaibi’s MIP payout is based on a combination of the performance of Facilities Maintenance and her individual performance. For 2011, Facilities Maintenance’s financial goal was a MIP-adjusted EBITDA of $303 million. Facilities Maintenance exceeded its goal with a MIP-adjusted EBITDA of $322 million.

Fiscal 2011 performance resulted in the following payments being made to our NEOs under the MIP:

 

     Target %
(expressed as  a
  % of base salary)  
    MIP-Adjusted
EBITDA

   payout % earned  
      Aggregate MIP  
payment
      

Joseph J. DeAngelo

     125%                150.0%                $1,640,625          

Ronald J. Domanico

     75%                150.0%                $614,250          

Anesa Chaibi

     60%                131.6%                $414,927          

Steven Margolius

     60%                150.0%                $259,875          

Joseph Izganics

     60%                150.0%                $405,000          

Mr. Margolius’s MIP award was prorated based upon his rehire date with the Company.

2012 MIP Award

In 2012, we expect no changes to MIP as MIP-adjusted EBITDA will continue to be the sole performance measure to ensure singular focus on the metric that drives company value most directly.

Equity Incentive Compensation

Our NEOs participate in Holding’s Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plan”). The Stock Plan was adopted by Holding’s Board of Directors shortly following our divestiture from Home Depot. Holding established the Stock Plan because it viewed the granting of equity awards under the Stock Plan as the most effective way to align executive performance to our key goal of increasing value for Holding’s shareholders. The view of the Holding Board of Directors was that, assuming that our management is successful in increasing the value of the Company, awards under the Stock Plan will have the highest potential value for all participants as a percentage of total compensation.

Holding’s Board of Directors believed the best way to accomplish these goals was to provide one up-front grant of stock options with a significant vesting period and, at the same time, provide the opportunity to purchase Holding shares. Therefore, our NEOs were granted options to purchase shares of Holding common stock and were also offered the opportunity to purchase additional Holding common shares. The program makes “founding owners” of our NEOs and is intended to motivate them to increase the value of the Company, and therefore Holding’s share price, over time. The vesting component was intended to maximize the retentive effect of the Stock Plan. The up-front nature of the option grants was intended to position our executives for the highest possible return (because, if the share value of Holding increases over time, annual or other periodic grants would have higher strike prices and, therefore, less intrinsic value to our executives).

While the Committee does not intend to make routine annual grants to any of our NEOs or other associates, the Committee may, from time to time, determine that an additional grant to one or more of our NEOs or other associates is appropriate in order to retain or reward key talent. In addition, the Committee will consider making grants in the case of new hires or promotions.

2011 Option Grants

To ensure that our current leadership team is retained and remains focused on the execution of key initiatives, the Committee awarded key leaders with an equity grant on April 11, 2011. The Committee and Management worked together to determine an appropriate allocation strategy for the stock option pool available for grant to all key leaders that was based on EBITDA performance, overall contribution to the Company, and positioning of total compensation relative to the market. The stock options were awarded with a strike price of $4.15 and vest in

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

their entirety on the third anniversary of the grant date. The strike price of the options was based on an independent valuation of the Company’s stock price at the time of grant and approved by the Board. The decision to have the options vest in their entirety after a three year period was intended to enhance the retentive nature of the award. All of our NEOs received stock options. Additional information regarding the Stock Plan and the 2011 option grant can be found in the information accompanying the Summary Compensation Table and related tables below.

In 2011, in connection with his rehiring, we awarded Mr. Margolius stock options in an amount equal to the options he forfeited when he left the Company in March 2010, as previously described in the Employment of Chief Operating Officer, Utilities/Electrical & Chief Commercial Officer section.

Benefits and Perquisites

The benefits provided to our NEOs are the same as those generally provided to our other salaried associates and include medical, vision and dental insurance, basic life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, short and long term disability insurance and a 401(k) plan.

Our executives participate in a limited number of perquisite programs. We maintain these programs because they are valued by our NEOs but impose relatively little cost to us.

All of the NEOs participate in the Executive Death Benefit Only Plan. Under this plan, the beneficiary of a participant who dies while employed by us is entitled to a lump sum payment of $500,000. We have purchased and own life insurance contracts on each of the NEOs for the purpose of funding this benefit.

The NEOs are also offered Supplemental Term Life Insurance. This plan provides participants with 20-year level premium term life insurance, with coverage in $500,000 increments up to $5,000,000. The participant owns the policy, and the Company pays the premium on his or her behalf. The value of the premium is fully taxable. At the end of the year, each participant receives an additional payment equal to the gross amount of taxes paid on the benefit. This additional payment is also fully taxable and is grossed up.

Other benefits provided to our NEOs include company cars, executive physicals and reimbursement for financial services. The value of providing company cars and reimbursement for financial services is taxable and is grossed up to avoid reducing the value of the benefits.

Tax and accounting considerations

While the accounting and tax treatment of compensation generally has not been a consideration in determining the amounts of compensation for our executive officers, the Committee and management have taken into account the accounting and tax impact of various program designs to balance the potential cost to the Company with the value to the executive.

The expenses associated with executive compensation issued to our executive officers and other key associates are reflected in our financial statements. We account for stock-based programs in accordance with the requirements of ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, which requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant date value of equity-based compensation issued to associates over the vesting period of such awards.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

The Compensation Committee for each of Holding and HD Supply currently consists of Steven Zide (Chairman), Brian Bernasek and Nate Sleeper. All committee members are representatives from the equity owners of HD Supply. Mr. Zide is an executive of Bain Capital, Mr. Bernasek is an executive of The Carlyle Group and Mr. Sleeper is an executive of Clayton Dubilier & Rice, Inc.

Compensation committee report

The Compensation Committee for each of Holding and HD Supply has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K.

The Compensation Committee:

Brian Bernasek

Nathan K. Sleeper

Stephen M. Zide

Executive compensation

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2011

The following table sets forth the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers.

 

Name and

Principal Position

       Fiscal    
Year
         Salary    
$
         Bonus    
$(1)
     Option
     Awards    
$(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
    Compensation    

$(3)
     All Other
    Compensation    

$(4)
             Total        
$
 

Joseph J. DeAngelo

     2011           875,000           –           2,267,282           1,640,625           47,170           4,830,077     

Chief Executive

     2010           875,000           –           1,327,625           1,435,054           73,937           3,711,616     

Officer

     2009           875,000           –           –           –           22,590           897,590     

Ronald J. Domanico (5)

     2011           541,200           –           944,699           614,250           40,594           2,140,743     

Senior Vice President and

     2010           403,800           300,000           1,268,800           516,619           29,196           2,518,415     

Chief Financial Officer

                    

Anesa Chaibi

     2011           509,100           –           1,889,401           414,927           43,546           2,856,974     

President, Facilities

     2010           439,100           –           287,653           307,314           43,014           1,077,081     

Maintenance

     2009           414,600           25,000           –           231,000           37,208           707,808     

Steven Margolius (6)

     2011           311,000           75,000           1,158,512           259,875           31,110           1,835,497     

Chief Operating Officer,

     2010           65,100           –           243,398           –           5,325           313,823     

Utilities/ Electrical and

     2009           341,300           –           –           42,600           31,150           415,050     

Chief Commercial Officer

                    

Joseph Izganics (7)

     2011           432,700           –           755,761           405,000           40,075           1,633,536     

Senior Vice President,

     2010           307,200           100,000           1,030,900           245,911           13,302           1,697,313     

Creative Touch Interiors,

Crown Bolt, Repair &

Remodel, & HDS Canada

                    

 

(1) Bonus amount includes: (a) sign-on bonuses of $300,000, $75,000, and $100,000 paid to Mr. Domanico, Mr. Margolius and Mr. Izganics, respectively, as outlined in their offers of employment; (b) a discretionary bonus of $25,000 paid to Ms. Chaibi for fiscal year 2009.

 

(2) The fiscal 2011 amounts represent the grant date fair value of the April 2011 stock option grant as described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Components of Compensation – Equity Incentive Compensation”. The fiscal 2011 amount for Mr. Margolius also includes the grant date fair value of the sign-on stock option award granted as outlined in his offer of employment. The fiscal 2010 amounts for Mr. DeAngelo, Ms. Chaibi, and Mr. Margolius result from an Option Exchange Program and represent the incremental fair value of options granted in fiscal 2010 over the fair value of options exchanged and canceled (Mr. Margolius’s options were subsequently forfeited and cancelled when he left the Company in March 2010). The fiscal 2010 amounts for Mr. Domanico and Mr. Izganics represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted as outlined in their offers of employment. No option awards were granted in fiscal 2009. Information about the assumptions used to value these awards can be found in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 10, Stock-based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

(3) Non-equity incentive plan compensation reflects amounts paid under the MIP for all NEOs for the applicable year. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Components of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentives” for a discussion of the incentive compensation plans in fiscal 2011. The fiscal 2011 amount for Mr. Margolius and the fiscal 2010 amount for Mr. Izganics represent prorated awards based upon their hire date with the Company.

 

(4) The All Other Compensation column is made up of the following amounts for fiscal 2011:

 

 

  All Other Compensation  

Name

  Tax Gross
Up on
    Perquisites    
    Use of a
    Company    
Car
          Supplemental      
Health and
Welfare
Benefits
    Financial
Planning
    Assistance    
    Relocation
     Assistance    
                Total             
$
 

Joseph J. DeAngelo

    17,154          12,016          –          18,000          –          47,170     

Ronald J. Domanico

    16,220          16,374          –          8,000          –          40,594     

Anesa Chaibi

    16,331          16,215          3,000          8,000          –          43,546     

Steven Margolius

    3,712          6,472          –          –          20,925          31,109     

Joseph Izganics

    9,411          13,293          17,372          –          –          40,076     

 

(5) Mr. Domanico joined the Company effective April 19, 2010.

 

(6) Mr. Margolius re-joined the Company effective April 4, 2011. Mr. Margolius was previously employed by HD Supply in the role of President, Electrical from April 2006 to March 2010.

 

(7) Mr. Izganics joined the Company effective March 31, 2010.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011

The following table provides information concerning awards granted to the NEOs in the last fiscal year under any plan.

 

            Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
    

All Other

Option Awards:

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Options
(#)

    

Exercise or

Base Price of

Option

Awards

($/Sh)

    

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Stock and

Option

Awards
($)

 
                                      
                                      
Name   

Grant

Date

    

Threshold

$

    

Target

$

    

Maximum

$

          

Joseph J. DeAngelo

                    

2011 MIP

        273,438         1,093,750         1,640,625                           

Stock Plan (2)

     4/11/2011                                 1,105,991         4.15         2,267,282   

Ronald J. Domanico

                    

2011 MIP

        102,375         409,500         614,250                           

Stock Plan (2)

     4/11/2011                                 460,829         4.15         944,699   

Anesa Chaibi

                    

2011 MIP

        75,060         300,240         600,480                           

Stock Plan

     4/11/2011                                 921,659         4.15         1,889,401   

Steven Margolius

                    

2011 MIP

        57,750         231,000         346,500                           

Stock Plan (2)

     4/11/2011                                 138,249         4.15         283,410   

Stock Plan (3)

     4/11/2011                                 226,417         4.15         464,155   

Stock Plan (3)

     4/11/2011                                 339,625         10.00         410,946   

Joseph Izganics

                    

2011 MIP

        67,500         270,000         405,000                           

Stock Plan (2)

     4/11/2011                                 368,664         4.15         755,761   

 

(1) The MIP plan sets the threshold payout at 25% of the target payout and the maximum payout at 150% of the target payout for Messrs. DeAngelo, Domanico, Margolius, and Izganics and at 200% of the target payout for Ms. Chaibi. A discussion of the MIP in fiscal 2011 is included in the Components of Compensation discussion.

 

(2) Represents the stock option grant to key leaders. These options vest in their entirety on the third anniversary of the grant date.

 

(3) Represents the stock option grant outlined in his offer of employment. These options vest in five equal annual installments on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date.

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grant plan based awards table

Stock Plan

The Stock Plan and an Associate Stock Option Agreement govern each option award and provide, among other things, the vesting provisions of the options and the option term. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents. See “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” for information regarding the cancellation or acceleration of vesting of stock options upon an option holder’s termination of employment or a change in control of the Company.

Employment Agreement

We have entered into an employment offer letter with each of our named executive officers See “Employment of Chief Operating Officer, Utilities/Electrical & Chief Commercial Officer” and “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” for a summary of the material provisions of these letter agreements.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2011

The following table sets forth the unexercised and unvested stock options held by named executive officers at fiscal year end. Each equity grant is shown separately for each named executive officer. Options granted on April 11, 2011 vest in their entirety and become exercisable on the third anniversary of the grant date except as noted; all other options vest and become exercisable in equal annual installments on the first five anniversaries of the grant date. No named executive officer holds any stock awards.

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#)

Exercisable
     Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#)

Unexercisable
     Option Exercise
Price
$
     Option
  Grant Date  
   Option
         Expiration        
Date

Joseph J. DeAngelo

     370,500             1,482,000             $ 10.00           2/03/2010        2/3/2020    
     247,000             988,000             $ 4.15           2/03/2010        2/3/2020    
     –             1,105,991             $ 4.15           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     617,500             3,575,991                

Ronald J. Domanico

     96,000             384,000             $ 10.00           6/8/2010        6/8/2020    
     64,000             256,000             $ 4.15           6/8/2010        6/8/2020    
     –             460,829             $ 4.15           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     160,000             1,100,829                

Anesa Chaibi

     80,275             321,100             $ 10.00           2/03/2010        2/3/2020    
     53,516             214,068             $ 4.15           2/03/2010        2/3/2020    
     –             921,659             $ 4.15           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     133,791             1,456,827                

Steven Margolius (1)

     –             339,625             $ 10.00           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     –             226,417             $ 4.15           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     –             138,249             $ 4.15           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     –             704,291                

Joseph Izganics

     78,000             312,000             $ 10.00           6/8/2010        6/8/2020    
     52,000             208,000             $ 4.15           6/8/2010        6/8/2020    
     –             368,664             $ 4.15           4/11/2011        4/11/2021    
     130,000             888,664                

 

(1) The stock options grant to Mr. Margolius outlined in his offer of employment, consisting of 226,417 options having a strike price of $4.15 and 339,625 options having a strike price of $10.00, vest in five equal annual installments on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date.

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2011

None of our named executive officers exercised any of their stock options during fiscal 2011. No stock awards have been granted to our named executive officers.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2011

We do not provide any defined benefit plans or nonqualified defined contribution plans to our named executive officers.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Pursuant to either their employment arrangements or the Company’s historical practice, in the event of termination without cause on January 29, 2012, the last day of fiscal 2011, all of our NEOs would be entitled to 24 months of base pay continuation.

The employment arrangements do not provide for any payout upon termination as a result of death, retirement, disability, or termination for cause.

If there is a change in control, the Stock Plan provides for accelerated vesting of unvested stock options. Had a change in control occurred on January 29, 2012, only those options having a strike price of $4.15 would have provided a benefit as the value of our common stock on such date did not exceed the strike price of other outstanding options. Our most recent independent valuation, completed in November 2011, valued our common stock at $4.58 per share. Assuming this stock price as of January 29, 2012, our NEOs would have received a benefit from the accelerated vesting of unvested stock options in the following amounts: Mr. DeAngelo - $900,416; Mr. Domanico - $308,236; Ms. Chaibi - $488,363; Mr. Margolius - $137,335; and Mr. Izganics - $247,966.

Stock Plan

Under the Stock Plan, an executive’s unvested stock options are canceled upon the termination of his or her employment, except for terminations due to death or disability. Upon death or disability, unvested stock options vest and remain exercisable. In the case of a termination for “cause” (as defined in the Stock Plan), the executive’s unvested and vested stock options are canceled as of the effective date of the termination. Following a termination of employment other than for “cause”, vested options are canceled unless the executive exercises them within 90 days (180 days if the termination was due to death, disability or retirement) or, if sooner, prior to the options’ normal expiration date.

If the termination of employment occurs prior to a public offering, the Company and the Equity Sponsors have the right to purchase any shares of Holding common stock that the executive acquired upon the exercise of options. Upon a termination other than for cause (as defined in the Stock Plan), the purchase price per share is equal to the fair market value (as defined in the Stock Plan) of the shares on the later of the date (i) the executive’s employment terminated and (ii) that is six months and one day after the shares were purchased by the executive. Upon termination for cause, the purchase price is equal to the lesser of fair market value and the cost of the shares to the executive.

If the Company experiences a change in control (as defined in the Stock Plan), stock options will generally accelerate and be canceled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the change in control price per share minus the exercise price of the applicable option, unless the Board of Directors of Holding elects to provide for alternative awards in lieu of acceleration and payment. The Board of Directors of Holding also has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of options at any time and from time to time.

Under the Stock Plan a “change in control” is defined as:

 

   

the acquisition by any person, entity or “group” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than any such acquisition by the Company, any of its subsidiaries, any associate benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or by the Equity Sponsors, or any affiliates of any of the foregoing;

 

   

the merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving the Company, as a result of which persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction do not, immediately thereafter, own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

 

voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the merged or consolidated Company; or

 

   

the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition, affiliates of the Company.

A public offering of our common shares does not constitute a change in control.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities

to be issued upon

exercise of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

   

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

($)

   

Number of securities

remaining available for

future issuance under

equity compensation plans

(excluding securities

reflected in column (a))

 
    (a)     (b)     (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    —                —                —                

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     

Stock options granted under the HDS Investment Holding, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (1)

    29,536,641                6.44                1,394,081 (1)           

Common stock sold or granted to participants under the HDS Investment Holding, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (1)

    1,114,346                N/A                24,995,524 (1)           

Deferred Share Units granted to participants under the HDS Investment Holding, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (1)

    —                N/A                24,995,524 (1)           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    30,650,987                N/A                24,995,524 (1)           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Pursuant to the HDS Investment Holding, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, the board of directors of Holdings is authorized to grant or sell, as the case may be, stock options, common stock and deferred share units up to a total of 55,646,511 shares of common stock, of which 30,930,722 may be issued in the form of stock options. Accordingly, the amounts set forth in column (c) reflect the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable within each category. However, the maximum number of shares remaining available for future issuance in any combination cannot exceed 24,995,524. See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 10, Stock-Based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans” for a description of the Stock Incentive Plan.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

HDS Holding Corporation owns all of our outstanding common stock and HDS Investment Holding, Inc. (or “Holding”) owns all of the outstanding common stock of HDS Holding Corporation. As of March 8, 2012, there were 261,108,346 shares of common stock of Holding outstanding. The following table sets forth information as of March 8, 2012 with respect to the ownership of the common stock of Holding by:

 

   

each person known to own beneficially more than 5% of the common stock of Holding;

 

   

each director of Holding;

 

   

each of the named executive officers in the Summary Compensation Table above; and

 

   

all executive officers and directors of HD Supply as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS & MANAGEMENT, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each individual listed below is c/o HD Supply, Inc., 3100 Cumberland Boulevard, Suite 1480, Atlanta, Georgia 30339.

 

Name and address of beneficial owner

  Number     Percent  

Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC(1)

    72,943,750        27.27   

Carlyle Partners V, L.P. and related funds(2)

    72,943,750        27.27   

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. and related funds(3)

    72,923,750        27.26   

THD Holdings, LLC

    32,500,000        12.15   

James G. Berges(6)

             

Joseph J. DeAngelo(4)

    1,635,000        *   

Paul B. Edgerley(5)

             

Allan M. Holt(7)

             

Mitchell Jacobson(8)

    8,618,750        3.22   

Lew Klessel(5)

             

Brian Bernasek(7)

             

Nathan K. Sleeper(6)

             

Gregory Ledford(7)

             

Stephen M. Zide(5)

             

Ronald J. Domanico(4)

    210,000        *   

Anesa Chaibi(4)

    287,583        *   

Steven Margolius(4)

    138,208        *   

Joseph Izganics(4)

    154,096        *   

All executive officers of HD Supply and directors of Holding as a group (25 persons)

    12,921,468        4.83   

 

* Less than 1%

 

(1) Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the administrative member of Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC (“Integral”). As a result, BCI may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by Integral. BCI disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of BCI and Integral is c/o Bain Capital Investors, LLC, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.

 

(2) Represents shares held by the following investment funds associated with The Carlyle Group: Carlyle Partners V, L.P., Carlyle Partners V-A, L.P., CP V Coinvestment A, L.P., and CP V Coinvestment B, L.P., which are together referred to as the “Carlyle Funds.” Carlyle Partners, V, L.P. holds 68,580,768 shares, Carlyle Partners V-A, L.P. holds 1,379,063 shares, CP V Coinvestment A, L.P. holds 2,641,536 shares, and CP V Coinvestment B, L.P. holds 342,383 shares. Investment discretion and control over the shares held by each of the Carlyle Funds is exercised by TCG Holdings, L.L.C. through its indirect subsidiary, TC Group V, L.P., which is the sole general partner of each of the Carlyle Funds. TCG Holdings, L.L.C. is the managing member of TC Group, L.L.C. TC Group, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of TC Group V Managing GP, L.L.C. TC Group V Managing GP, L.L.C is the sole general partner of TC Group V, L.P. TCG Holdings, L.L.C. is managed by a three person managing board, and all board action relating to the voting or disposition of these shares requires approval of a majority of the board. William E. Conway, Jr., Daniel A. D’Aniello and David M. Rubenstein, as the managing members of TCG Holdings, L.L.C., may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by TCG Holdings, L.L.C. Such persons disclaim such beneficial ownership. The Carlyle Group’s address is 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004.

 

(3)

Represents shares held by the following group of investment funds associated with or designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC: (i) 60,000,000 shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS & MANAGEMENT, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

  VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd.; (ii) 427,208 shares of common stock held by CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd.; and (iii) 12,496,542 shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd., whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. Each of CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd. is managed by a three-person board of directors, and all board action relating to the voting or disposition of these shares requires approval of a majority of the board. Joseph L. Rice, Donald J. Gogel and Kevin J. Conway, as the directors of CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII., Ltd., may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the funds associated with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC. Such persons disclaim such beneficial ownership.

 

     Each of CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VII, L.P. and CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., as well as of the shares held by each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment) L.P. and CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P. CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment) L.P.

 

     The address for each of Clayton Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd., CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VII, L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. The address for Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10152.

 

(4) Includes, with respect to: (i) Joseph DeAngelo, 400,000 shares of common stock and 1,235,000 vested stock options (or vesting within 60 days of March 8, 2012); (ii) Ronald Domanico, 50,000 shares of common stock and 160,000 vested stock options (or vesting within 60 days of March 8, 2012); (iii) Anesa Chaibi, 20,000 shares of common stock and 267,583 vested stock options (or vesting within 60 days of March 8, 2012); (iv) Steven Margolius, 25,000 shares of common stock and 113,208 vested stock options (or vesting within 60 days of March 8, 2012); and (v) Joseph Izganics, 24,096 shares of common stock and 130,000 vested stock options (or vesting within 60 days of March 8, 2012).

 

(5) Messrs. Edgerley, Klessel, and Zide are Managing Directors of BCI, which is the administrative member of Integral. By virtue of these relationships, each of Messrs. Edgerley, Klessel, and Zide may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Holding held by Integral. Each of Messrs. Edgerley, Klessel, and Zide disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(6) Does not include 72,923,750 shares of common stock held by investment funds associated with or designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC. Messrs. Berges and Sleeper are directors of Holding and executives of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC. They disclaim any beneficial ownership of the shares held by investment funds associated with or designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC.

 

(7) Does not include 72,943,750 shares of common stock held by investment funds associated with or designated by The Carlyle Group. Messrs. Holt, Bernasek and Ledford are directors of Holding and executives of The Carlyle Group. They disclaim any beneficial ownership of the shares held by investment funds associated with or designated by The Carlyle Group.

 

(8) Includes (i) 8,515,000 shares of common stock held by JFI-HDS, LLC; Mr. Jacobson is the managing member of JFI-HDS Partner, LLC which is the managing member of JFI-HDS, LLC, and (ii) 103,750 shares held by JFI-HDS Affiliates, LLC; Mr. Jacobson is the managing member of JFI-HDS Partner, LLC which is the managing member of JFI-HDS Affiliates, LLC.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Under the rules of the SEC, public issuers, such as HD Supply, must disclose certain “Related Person Transactions.” These are transactions in which the Company is a participant where the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a Director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of our common stock has a direct or indirect material interest.

Stockholders agreement and stockholder arrangements

In connection with the closing of the Transactions, Holding, the Equity Sponsors and their affiliates and other stockholders of Holding entered into a stockholders agreement that contains, among other things, provisions relating to Holding’s governance, transfer restrictions, tag-along rights, drag-along rights, preemptive rights and certain unanimous approval rights. This stockholders agreement provides that affiliates of the Equity Sponsors who are stockholders of Holding are entitled to elect (or cause to be elected) all of Holding’s directors, which will include three designees of each Equity Sponsor. Our Chief Executive Officer also serves as a director of Holding. One of the directors designated by the Equity Sponsor associated with CD&R serves as the chairman.

Pursuant to an agreement between Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. and Mitchell Jacobson, the fund appointed Mr. Jacobson to serve as a director of Holding for so long as Mr. Jacobson and his immediate family continue to hold certain minimum investments in Holding and certain other conditions are met.

Management and consulting agreements

In connection with the closing of the Transactions, Holding and we entered into management agreements with the Equity Sponsors (or their respective affiliates), pursuant to which the Equity Sponsors provide Holding, us and our subsidiaries with financial advisory and management consulting services. Pursuant to the management agreements, we pay the Equity Sponsors an aggregate annual fee of $5 million for such services, subject to adjustments from time to time, and we may pay to the Equity Sponsors an aggregate fee equal to a specified percentage of the transaction value of certain types of transactions that Holding or we complete, in each case, plus out-of-pocket expenses and subject to approval by the Equity Sponsors, their permitted transferees or their designated affiliates who are shareholders of Holding. Each Agreement expires by its terms in August 2017.

Prior to the Transactions, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. entered into a consulting agreement with Mitchell Jacobson for consulting services in connection with the Transactions. Pursuant to an assumption and termination agreement among us, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and Mitchell Jacobson, we assumed responsibility for, among other things, the indemnification of Mitchell Jacobson for his services to CD&R as a consultant under that agreement.

Indemnification agreements

In connection with the Transactions, we entered into indemnification agreements with Holding and the Equity Sponsors pursuant to which, following the completion of the Transactions, Holding and we agreed to indemnify the Equity Sponsors, their respective managers, administrative members and the administrative members or general partners of any other investment vehicle that is our stockholder and is managed by such manager or its affiliates and their respective successors and assigns, and the respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, agents, advisors, consultants, representatives and controlling persons of each of them, or of their partners, shareholders or members in their capacity as such, against certain liabilities arising out of performance of the Transactions, the performance of the consulting agreement, securities offerings by us and certain other claims and liabilities. We and Holding also entered into a similar indemnification agreement with The Home Depot, Inc. providing for indemnification of The Home Depot, Inc., its affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and controlling persons against certain liabilities arising from securities offerings by us.

Registration rights agreements

Holding entered into a registration rights agreement with the Equity Sponsors and Holding’s minority investors, that grants them certain registration rights and includes customary indemnification provisions. This agreement

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED  TRANSACTIONSAND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

was substantially performed in 2009 in connection with the registered exchange offer for our 12.0% Senior Notes and our 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes completed on August 25, 2009.

Tax sharing agreement

HD Supply is not responsible for the payment or indemnification of any consolidated U.S. federal income taxes while it was a member of the Home Depot federal consolidated group. However, HD Supply is responsible for all U.S. federal income taxes for each member of its current federal consolidated group for any period before such member was part of the Home Depot federal consolidated group. In addition, HD Supply is responsible for all prior-year state and international income taxes of each member of its current consolidated group.

The Internal Revenue Service has issued notices of proposed adjustments that propose to disallow certain of our deductions and the carryback of certain of our net operating losses to taxable years during which we were a member of The Home Depot, Inc.’s U.S. federal consolidated income tax return. The carryback of the net operating losses was made in accordance with (and subject to the terms of) an agreement entered into between our ultimate parent corporation, HDS Investment Holding, Inc., and The Home Depot, Inc. See Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Agreements with Home Depot

Upon the closing of the Transactions, we entered into the following agreements with Home Depot and/or its affiliates:

 

   

a Strategic Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the parties agree to terms relating to (i) the purchase by Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and its affiliates of certain products from HD Supply Distribution Services, LLC (“Supplier”), a subsidiary of HD Supply, for a term to end no later than January 31, 2015, (ii) related intellectual property matters and (iii) the provision of related services;

 

   

a Supplier Buying Agreement, pursuant to which the parties agree to certain terms and conditions relating to (i) the purchase by Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and its affiliates of products from Supplier pursuant to the Strategic Purchase Agreement and (ii) the provision of related in-store services and displays;

 

   

a Trademark License granting Supplier the royalty-free right to use a number of trademarks in connection with its activities under the Strategic Purchase Agreement; and

 

   

a Private Label Products License Agreement, pursuant to which a subsidiary of Home Depot grants to HD Supply a license for the use of specified trademarks on the terms set forth in such agreement and for a period that expired on the first anniversary of the Transactions.

 

   

a Guarantee, pursuant to which Home Depot guarantees our payment obligations for principal and interest on the Term Loan (the “THD Guarantee”) under the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The THD Guarantee also contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional secured debt, pay dividends, and voluntarily repurchase our outstanding notes without Home Depot’s prior written consent.

In addition, certain guarantees, surety bonds and letters of credit that Home Depot and/or its affiliates (other than HD Supply, HD Supply Canada, Inc. and their respective affiliates) entered into prior to the closing of the Transactions relate to our and our subsidiaries’ obligations to landlords, customers and suppliers, and remained in place immediately after the closing. Holding agreed in the purchase and sale agreement to fully indemnify Home Depot and its affiliates from any losses that arise out of these obligations. Holding also agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to cause itself and/or HD Supply to be substituted for Home Depot and/or its affiliates and to have Home Depot and its affiliates released in respect of certain such obligations.

Debt Securities of the Company

Management of the Company has been informed that, as of January 29, 2012, affiliates of certain of the Equity Sponsors beneficially owned approximately $833 million aggregate principal amount, or 33%, of the Company’s 12.0% Senior Notes due 2014 and $713 million aggregate principal amount, or 39%, of the Company’s 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED  TRANSACTIONSAND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Transactions with Other Related Parties

HD Supply leases several buildings and properties from an executive officer of the Company. The leases generally provide that all expenses related to the properties are to be paid by HD Supply. Rents paid under these leases were minimal in fiscal 2011, less than $1 million in fiscal 2010, and $1 million in fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2010 payment included less than $1 million of a prepayment for fiscal 2011 and the fiscal 2009 payment included less than $1 million of a prepayment for fiscal 2010. The Company received a discount for making such prepayments.

HD Supply purchased product from affiliates of the Equity Sponsors for approximately $61 million, $46 million, and $60 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. In addition, HD Supply sold product to affiliates of the Equity Sponsors for approximately $3 million, $3 million, and $3 million in fiscal 2011, fiscal 2010, and fiscal 2009, respectively. Management believes these transactions were conducted at prices that an unrelated third party would pay.

Additional information with respect to transactions with related persons, if any, is contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 4, Related Parties.”

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons. We have not adopted a formal written policy for the review, approval and ratification of related-person transactions because we are not a listed issuer whose related-person transactions would require such policies. As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 144 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides procedures for the approval of interested director transactions, and all such transactions will be reviewed by our Board on an as-needed basis in accordance with Delaware law, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics for Senior Executive and Financial Officers.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons. Not applicable.

Director Independence. Though not formally considered by our Board because our common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we believe that Mr. Jacobson would be considered “independent.” Mr. Jacobson serves on the Audit Committee. Except for Mr. Jacobson, none of the other directors serving on the Board or the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Executive Committee are independent.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acts as HD Supply’s principal accountant and also provides certain audit-related, tax and other services. The Audit Committee has established a pre-approval policy for services to be performed by PricewaterhouseCoopers. Under this policy, the Audit Committee approves engagements when the engagements have been presented in reasonable detail to the Audit Committee before services are undertaken.

The fees for services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers (all of which were pre-approved by the Audit Committee) to HD Supply in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 were as follows:

Audit Fees

 

   

Audit Fees were $2.2 million and $2.1 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Included in this category are fees for the annual financial statement audit and quarterly financial statement reviews.

Audit-Related Fees

 

   

Audit-Related Fees were $1.6 million and $0.2 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. These fees, which are for assurance and related services other than those included in Audit Fees, in fiscal 2011 were driven by requirements related to the divestiture of certain businesses. Additionally, the fees include charges for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards and assessment and testing of and making recommendations for improvements in internal control over financial reporting.

Tax Fees

 

   

Tax Fees were $0.7 million and $1.5 million for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. These fees include charges for various Federal, state, local and international tax compliance and research projects.

All Other Fees

 

   

There were no Other Fees for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements are set forth in Item 8 hereof:

 

  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

 

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for (i) the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, (ii) the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, and (iii) the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010;

 

  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 29, 2012 and January 30, 2011;

 

  Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income for (i) the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, (ii) the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, and (iii) the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010;

 

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for (i) the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, (ii) the fiscal year ended January 30, 2011, and (iii) the fiscal year ended January 31, 2010;

 

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(b) Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

2.1   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2007, by and among The Home Depot, Inc., THD Holdings, LLC, Home Depot International, Inc. and Pro Acquisition Corporation *
2.2   Letter Agreement, dated August 14, 2007, by and among The Home Depot, Inc., THD Holdings, LLC, Home Depot International, Inc., Homer TLC, Inc. and Pro Acquisition Corporation *
2.3   Amendment No. 3 to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2007, by and among The Home Depot, Inc., THD Holdings, LLC, Home Depot International, Inc., Homer TLC, Inc. and Pro Acquisition Corporation *
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of HD Supply, Inc. *
3.2   By-Laws of HD Supply, Inc. *
4.1   Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 12.0% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2014 *
4.2   Merger Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 12.0% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2014 *
4.3   Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of August 30, 3007, by and among HD Supply Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 12.0% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2014 *
4.4   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors parties named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 12.0% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2014 *
4.5   Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 *
4.6   Merger Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 *
4.7   Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee, dated as of August 30, 3007, by and among HD Supply Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes dues 2015 *

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

4.8   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors parties named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 13.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 *
4.9   Form of 12.0% Senior Cash Pay Note due 2014 of HD Supply, Inc. (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereto) *
4.10   Form of 13.5% Senior Subordinated Note due 2015 of HD Supply, Inc. (included in Exhibit 4.5 hereto) *
10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., to be merged with and into HD Supply, Inc., as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as issuing lender, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunning managers *
10.2   Amendment and Waiver No. 1 to the Credit Agreement (referred to above), dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as successor by merger to HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., as borrower, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders and the lenders party thereto *
10.3   Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement (referred to above), dated as of November 1, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as successor by merger to HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., as borrower, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders and the lenders party thereto *
10.4   Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as borrower, Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders, HDS Holding Corporation and the guarantors and the lenders party thereto ‡
10.5   Consent to Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, by and among The Home Depot, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. ‡
10.6   Letter Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, by and among The Home Depot, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. ‡
10.7   Consent, dated as of March 19, 2010, by and among The Home Depot, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. ‡
10.8   ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., as successor by merger to HD Supply, Inc., as parent borrower, the several Canadian borrowers from time to time party thereto, the several subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., as administrative agent and U.S. ABL collateral agent, Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as co-syndication agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as issuing lender, Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian agent and Canadian collateral agent, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arrangers, and Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., and Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint bookrunning managers *
10.9   Amendment and Waiver No. 1 to the ABL Credit Agreement (referred to above), dated as of October 3, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc. (as successor by merger to HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc.), as parent borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders party thereto, and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian administrative agent and Canadian collateral agent for the lenders *
10.10   Amendment No. 2 to the ABL Credit Agreement (referred to above), dated as of November 1, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc. (as successor by merger to HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc.), as parent borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders party thereto, and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian administrative agent and Canadian collateral agent for the lenders *
10.11   ABL Joinder Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as parent borrower, and certain operating subsidiaries of the parent borrower signatory thereto, and consented to by the other loan parties as defined therein, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian administrative agent and as Canadian collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions from time to time parties to the ABL Credit Agreement *

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

10.12   Limited Consent and Amendment No. 3 to ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2010, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as parent borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the other loan parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto, GE Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent, U.S. ABL collateral agent and a lender, GE Canada Finance Holding Company, as Canadian agent, Canadian collateral agent and a lender, and GE Capital Markets, Inc., JPMorgan Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC and Bank of America Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners ‡
10.13   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement, and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement *
10.14   Amendment No. 1 to Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2007, by and among Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as collateral agent and administrative agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement, and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the Cash Flow Credit Agreement *
10.15   Guarantee and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by The Home Depot, Inc., as guarantor and HD Supply, Inc. and the other guarantors party thereto, in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement *
10.16   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HD Supply, Inc., and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement *
10.17   Amendment No. 1 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (referred to above), dated as of November 1, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., as borrower, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as collateral agent and administrative agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement *
10.18   U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HD Supply, Inc., and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as collateral agent and administrative agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.19   Amendment No. 1 to the U.S. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (referred to above), dated as of November 1, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., the parent borrower, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as collateral agent and administrative agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.20   Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2007, made by HD Supply Canada Inc., as borrower, Pro Canadian Holdings I, ULC, CND Holdings, Inc., and the several subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian agent and Canadian collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.21   Amendment No. 1 to the Canadian Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2007, by and among HD Supply Canada Inc., as borrower, Pro Canadian Holdings I, ULC, CND Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada, as Canadian collateral agent and Canadian agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.22   Holding Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HDS Holding Corporation, as pledgor, in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the Credit Agreement *
10.23   ABL Holding Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HDS Holding Corporation, as pledgor, in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent and as collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions party to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.24   Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents, dated as of August 30,2007, made by subsidiaries of HD Supply, Inc. named therein in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement *

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

10.25   Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HD Supply, Inc. and the subsidiaries named therein in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement *
10.26   Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by subsidiaries of HD Supply, Inc. named therein in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the Credit Agreement *
10.27   ABL Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by subsidiaries of HD Supply, Inc. named therein in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.28   ABL Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HD Supply, Inc. and the subsidiaries named therein in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.29   ABL Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by subsidiaries of HD Supply, Inc. named therein in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.30   ABL Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Canadian Trademarks, dated as of August 30, 2007, made by HD Supply Canada Inc. in favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian agent and Canadian collateral agent for the banks and other financial institutions that are parties to the ABL Credit Agreement *
10.31   Pledge of Bond Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply Canada Inc., as grantor, and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian agent under the ABL Credit Agreement and as mandatory for the secured parties listed therein *
10.32   Amendment No. 1 to the Pledge of Bond Agreement (referred to above), dated as of November 1, 2007, by and among HD Supply Canada Inc., as Canadian borrower, and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as Canadian agent under the ABL Credit Agreement and mandatory *
10.33   Deed of Hypothec and Issue of Bonds, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HD Supply Canada Inc., as grantor and Merrill Lynch Capital Canada Inc., as attorney *
10.34   HD Supply Canada, Inc. Demand Bond and Endorsement *
10.35   HD Supply Management Incentive Plan *
10.36   Industrial PVF Bonus Plans †
10.37   HDS Investment Holding, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (Previously filed in Form 10-K, File No. 333-159809, filed on April 14, 2011)
10.38   Home Depot Retention Agreement with Joseph J. DeAngelo, effective August 30, 2007 *
10.39   Letter of Continued Employment, dated as of August 10, 2007, by Pro Acquisition Corporation in favor of Joseph J. DeAngelo ‡
10.40   Letter of Continued Employment, dated as of August 10, 2007, by Pro Acquisition Corporation in favor of Anesa T. Chaibi ‡
10.41   Letter of Employment, dated as of April 14, 2010, by and between HD Supply, Inc. and Ronald J. Domanico (Previously filed in Form 10-Q, File No. 333-159809, filed on June 11, 2010)
10.42  

Letter of Employment, dated as of March 26, 2010, by and between HD Supply, Inc. and Joseph Izganics

(Previously filed in Form 10-K, File No. 333-159809, filed on April 14, 2011)

10.43   Letter of Employment, effective April 4, 2011, by and between HD Supply, Inc. and Steve Margolius
10.44   Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among HDS Investment Holding, Inc., HDS Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc. (which has been merged into HD Supply, Inc.), HDS Holding Corporation and HD Supply, Inc. *

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

10.45   Strategic Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and between Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. and HD Supply Distribution Services, LLC (certain portions of this exhibit were omitted subject to a pending request for confidential treatment) *
10.46   Consulting Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and among Bain Capital Partners, LLC, HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.47   Consulting Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and among TC Group V, LLC, HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.48   Consulting Agreement, dated August 30, 2007, by and among Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.49   Indemnification Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC, Bain Capital Partners, LLC, HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.50   Indemnification Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among Carlyle Partners V, L.P., Carlyle Partners V-A, L.P., CP V Coinvestment A, L.P., CP V Coinvestment B, L.P., TC Group V, LLC, HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.51   Indemnification Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.52   Indemnification Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2007, by and among The Home Depot, Inc., HDS Investment Holding, Inc. and HD Supply, Inc. *
10.53   Assumption and Termination Agreement, dated September 17, 2007, by and among HD Supply, Inc., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and Mitchell Jacobson †
10.54   Form of Indemnification Agreement †
10.55   Form of Stock Option Agreement ‡
12.1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1   List of Subsidiaries
24.1   Powers of Attorney *
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2   Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101   The following financial information from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and furnished electronically herewith: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations; (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.

 

* Previously filed in Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 (File No. 333-159809) filed on July 10, 2009.

 

Previously filed in Amendment No. 2 to Form S-4 (File No. 333-159809) filed on July 27, 2009.

 

Previously filed in Form 10-K (File No. 333-159809) filed on April 13, 2010.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, CONTINUED   HD SUPPLY, INC.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules

HD SUPPLY, INC.

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Amounts in millions)

Accounts Receivable Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

 

        Balance at    
Beginning
of Period
  Acquisition or
  Disposition of Business  
Adjustment
      Charges to    
Expense /
(Income)
      Doubtful    
Accounts
Written

Off, Net
  Other
    Adjustments    
      Balance at    
End of

Period

Period ended:

                       

January 31, 2010

    $ 94         2         23         (64 )       (3 )     $ 52  

January 30, 2011

    $ 52                 12         (28 )             $ 36  

January 29, 2012

    $ 36         (2 )       12         (14 )             $ 32  

 

Deferred Tax Valuation Allowances:

 

      Balance at  
Beginning of
Period
    Charges to  
Expense
    Balance at  
End of
Period

Period ended:

           

January 31, 2010

    $ 2         7       $ 9  

January 30, 2011

    $ 9         230       $ 239  

January 29, 2012

    $   239         252       $   491  
                               

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 

HD Supply, Inc.
By:  

/S/ JOSEPH J. DEANGELO

 

Name: Joseph J. DeAngelo

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 23, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Capacity

 

Date

/S/ JOSEPH J. DEANGELO

Joseph J. DeAngelo

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 23, 2012

/S/ RONALD J. DOMANICO

Ronald J. Domanico

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  March 23, 2012

/S/ EVAN LEVITT

Evan Levitt

  

Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 23, 2012

/S/ JAMES G. BERGES

James G. Berges

  

Chairman

  March 23, 2012

/S / PAUL B. EDGERLEY

Paul B. Edgerley

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/ ALLAN M. HOLT

Allan M. Holt

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/ MITCHELL JACOBSON

Mitchell Jacobson

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/ LEW KLESSEL

Lew Klessel

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/ NATHAN SLEEPER

Nathan Sleeper

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/ STEPHEN M. ZIDE

Stephen M. Zide

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/BRIAN BERNASEK

Brian Bernasek

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

/S/ GREGORY S. LEDFORD

Gregory S. Ledford

  

Director

  March 23, 2012

 

131